Initial import

28 files changed, 11519 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/config/Config.in b/config/Config.in
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9a7778310
--- /dev/null
+++ b/config/Config.in
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+#
+
+config ADK_PACKAGE_CONFIG
+	bool"config"
+	default n
+	help
+	  Add help text here.
+
diff --git a/config/Kconfig-language.txt b/config/Kconfig-language.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..493749b32
--- /dev/null
+++ b/config/Kconfig-language.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,255 @@
+Introduction
+------------
+
+The configuration database is collection of configuration options
+organized in a tree structure:
+
+	+- Code maturity level options
+	|  +- Prompt for development and/or incomplete code/drivers
+	+- General setup
+	|  +- Networking support
+	|  +- System V IPC
+	|  +- BSD Process Accounting
+	|  +- Sysctl support
+	+- Loadable module support
+	|  +- Enable loadable module support
+	|     +- Set version information on all module symbols
+	|     +- Kernel module loader
+	+- ...
+
+Every entry has its own dependencies. These dependencies are used
+to determine the visible of an entry. Any child entry is only
+visible if its parent entry is also visible.
+
+Menu entries
+------------
+
+Most entries define a config option, all other entries help to organize
+them. A single configuration option is defined like this:
+
+config MODVERSIONS
+	bool "Set version information on all module symbols"
+	depends MODULES
+	help
+	  Usually, modules have to be recompiled whenever you switch to a new
+	  kernel.  ...
+
+Every line starts with a key word and can be followed by multiple
+arguments.  "config" starts a new config entry. The following lines
+define attributes for this config option. Attributes can be the type of
+the config option, input prompt, dependencies, help text and default
+values. A config option can be defined multiple times with the same
+name, but every definition can have only a single input prompt and the
+type must not conflict.
+
+Menu attributes
+---------------
+
+A menu entry can have a number of attributes. Not all of them are
+applicable everywhere (see syntax).
+
+- type definition: "bool"/"tristate"/"string"/"hex"/"integer"
+  Every config option must have a type. There are only two basic types:
+  tristate and string, the other types base on these two. The type
+  definition optionally accepts an input prompt, so these two examples
+  are equivalent:
+
+	bool "Networking support"
+  and
+	bool
+	prompt "Networking support"
+
+- input prompt: "prompt" <prompt> ["if" <expr>]
+  Every menu entry can have at most one prompt, which is used to display
+  to the user. Optionally dependencies only for this prompt can be added
+  with "if".
+
+- default value: "default" <symbol> ["if" <expr>]
+  A config option can have any number of default values. If multiple
+  default values are visible, only the first defined one is active.
+  Default values are not limited to the menu entry, where they are
+  defined, this means the default can be defined somewhere else or be
+  overriden by an earlier definition.
+  The default value is only assigned to the config symbol if no other
+  value was set by the user (via the input prompt above). If an input
+  prompt is visible the default value is presented to the user and can
+  be overridden by him.
+  Optionally dependencies only for this default value can be added with
+  "if".
+
+- dependencies: "depends on"/"requires" <expr>
+  This defines a dependency for this menu entry. If multiple
+  dependencies are defined they are connected with '&&'. Dependencies
+  are applied to all other options within this menu entry (which also
+  accept "if" expression), so these two examples are equivalent:
+
+	bool "foo" if BAR
+	default y if BAR
+  and
+	depends on BAR
+	bool "foo"
+	default y
+
+- help text: "help"
+  This defines a help text. The end of the help text is determined by
+  the level indentation, this means it ends at the first line which has
+  a smaller indentation than the first line of the help text.
+
+
+Menu dependencies
+-----------------
+
+Dependencies define the visibility of a menu entry and can also reduce
+the input range of tristate symbols. The tristate logic used in the
+expressions uses one more state than normal boolean logic to express the
+module state. Dependency expressions have the following syntax:
+
+<expr> ::= <symbol>                             (1)
+           <symbol> '=' <symbol>                (2)
+           <symbol> '!=' <symbol>               (3)
+           '(' <expr> ')'                       (4)
+           '!' <expr>                           (5)
+           <expr> '||' <expr>                   (6)
+           <expr> '&&' <expr>                   (7)
+
+Expressions are listed in decreasing order of precedence.
+
+(1) Convert the symbol into an expression. Boolean and tristate symbols
+    are simply converted into the respective expression values. All
+    other symbol types result in 'n'.
+(2) If the values of both symbols are equal, it returns 'y',
+    otherwise 'n'.
+(3) If the values of both symbols are equal, it returns 'n',
+    otherwise 'y'.
+(4) Returns the value of the expression. Used to override precedence.
+(5) Returns the result of (2-/expr/).
+(6) Returns the result of min(/expr/, /expr/).
+(7) Returns the result of max(/expr/, /expr/).
+
+An expression can have a value of 'n', 'm' or 'y' (or 0, 1, 2
+respectively for calculations). A menu entry becomes visible when it's
+expression evaluates to 'm' or 'y'.
+
+There are two type of symbols: constant and nonconstant symbols.
+Nonconstant symbols are the most common ones and are defined with the
+'config' statement. Nonconstant symbols consist entirely of alphanumeric
+characters or underscores.
+Constant symbols are only part of expressions. Constant symbols are
+always surrounded by single or double quotes. Within the quote any
+other character is allowed and the quotes can be escaped using '\'.
+
+Menu structure
+--------------
+
+The position of a menu entry in the tree is determined in two ways. First
+it can be specified explicitely:
+
+menu "Network device support"
+	depends NET
+
+config NETDEVICES
+	...
+
+endmenu
+
+All entries within the "menu" ... "endmenu" block become a submenu of
+"Network device support". All subentries inherit the dependencies from
+the menu entry, e.g. this means the dependency "NET" is added to the
+dependency list of the config option NETDEVICES.
+
+The other way to generate the menu structure is done by analyzing the
+dependencies. If a menu entry somehow depends on the previous entry, it
+can be made a submenu of it. First the the previous (parent) symbol must
+be part of the dependency list and then one of these two condititions
+must be true:
+- the child entry must become invisible, if the parent is set to 'n'
+- the child entry must only be visible, if the parent is visible
+
+config MODULES
+	bool "Enable loadable module support"
+
+config MODVERSIONS
+	bool "Set version information on all module symbols"
+	depends MODULES
+
+comment "module support disabled"
+	depends !MODULES
+
+MODVERSIONS directly depends on MODULES, this means it's only visible if
+MODULES is different from 'n'. The comment on the other hand is always
+visible when MODULES it's visible (the (empty) dependency of MODULES is
+also part of the comment dependencies).
+
+
+Kconfig syntax
+--------------
+
+The configuration file describes a series of menu entries, where every
+line starts with a keyword (except help texts). The following keywords
+end a menu entry:
+- config
+- choice/endchoice
+- comment
+- menu/endmenu
+- if/endif
+- source
+The first four also start the definition of a menu entry.
+
+config:
+
+	"config" <symbol>
+	<config options>
+
+This defines a config symbol <symbol> and accepts any of above
+attributes as options.
+
+choices:
+
+	"choice"
+	<choice options>
+	<choice block>
+	"endchoice"
+
+This defines a choice group and accepts any of above attributes as
+options. A choice can only be of type bool or tristate, while a boolean
+choice only allows a single config entry to be selected, a tristate
+choice also allows any number of config entries to be set to 'm'. This
+can be used if multiple drivers for a single hardware exists and only a
+single driver can be compiled/loaded into the kernel, but all drivers
+can be compiled as modules.
+A choice accepts another option "optional", which allows to set the
+choice to 'n' and no entry needs to be selected.
+
+comment:
+
+	"comment" <prompt>
+	<comment options>
+
+This defines a comment which is displayed to the user during the
+configuration process and is also echoed to the output files. The only
+possible options are dependencies.
+
+menu:
+
+	"menu" <prompt>
+	<menu options>
+	<menu block>
+	"endmenu"
+
+This defines a menu block, see "Menu structure" above for more
+information. The only possible options are dependencies.
+
+if:
+
+	"if" <expr>
+	<if block>
+	"endif"
+
+This defines an if block. The dependency expression <expr> is appended
+to all enclosed menu entries.
+
+source:
+
+	"source" <prompt>
+
+This reads the specified configuration file. This file is always parsed.
diff --git a/config/Makefile b/config/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..278f98849
--- /dev/null
+++ b/config/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
+# $Id: Makefile 185 2008-10-28 12:24:05Z wbx $
+#-
+# This file is part of the OpenADK project. OpenADK is copyrighted
+# material, please see the LICENCE file in the top-level directory.
+
+include ${TOPDIR}/rules.mk
+
+CP=cp -fpR
+
+all: ncurses conf mconf
+
+LIBS=		-lncurses
+ifeq (/usr/include/ncurses/ncurses.h, $(wildcard /usr/include/ncurses/ncurses.h))
+HOSTNCURSES+=	-I/usr/include/ncurses -DCURSES_LOC="<ncurses.h>"
+else
+ifeq (/usr/include/ncurses/curses.h, $(wildcard /usr/include/ncurses/curses.h))
+HOSTNCURSES+=	-I/usr/include/ncurses -DCURSES_LOC="<ncurses/curses.h>"
+else
+ifeq (/usr/local/include/ncurses/ncurses.h, $(wildcard /usr/local/include/ncurses/ncurses.h))
+HOSTCFLAGS+=	-I/usr/local/include/ncurses -DCURSES_LOC="<ncurses.h>"
+else
+ifeq (/usr/local/include/ncurses/curses.h, $(wildcard /usr/local/include/ncurses/curses.h))
+HOSTCFLAGS+=	-I/usr/local/include/ncurses -DCURSES_LOC="<ncurses/curses.h>"
+else
+ifeq (/usr/pkg/include/ncurses.h, $(wildcard /usr/pkg/include/ncurses.h))
+HOSTCFLAGS+=	-I/usr/pkg/include -DCURSES_LOC="<ncurses.h>"
+LIBS+=		-L/usr/pkg/lib -Wl,-rpath -Wl,/usr/pkg/lib
+else
+ifeq (/usr/include/ncurses.h, $(wildcard /usr/include/ncurses.h))
+HOSTNCURSES+=	-DCURSES_LOC="<ncurses.h>"
+else
+HOSTNCURSES+=	-DCURSES_LOC="<curses.h>"
+endif
+endif
+endif
+endif
+endif
+endif
+
+CONF_SRC  =conf.c
+MCONF_SRC =mconf.c checklist.c menubox.c textbox.c yesno.c inputbox.c util.c msgbox.c
+SHARED_SRC=zconf.tab.c glob.c
+SHARED_DEPS:=lkc.h lkc_proto.h lkc_defs.h expr.h zconf.tab.h glob.h
+CONF_OBJS =$(patsubst %.c,%.o, $(CONF_SRC))
+MCONF_OBJS=$(patsubst %.c,%.o, $(MCONF_SRC))
+SHARED_OBJS=$(patsubst %.c,%.o, $(SHARED_SRC))
+
+conf: $(CONF_OBJS) $(SHARED_OBJS)
+	$(HOSTCC) $(NATIVE_LDFLAGS) $^ -o $@
+
+mconf: $(MCONF_OBJS) $(SHARED_OBJS)
+	$(HOSTCC) $(NATIVE_LDFLAGS) $^ -o $@ $(LIBS)
+
+$(CONF_OBJS): %.o : %.c $(SHARED_DEPS)
+	$(HOSTCC) $(HOSTCFLAGS) -I. -c $< -o $@
+
+$(MCONF_OBJS): %.o : %.c $(SHARED_DEPS)
+	$(HOSTCC) $(HOSTCFLAGS) $(HOSTNCURSES) -I. -c $< -o $@
+
+glob.o: glob.c $(SHARED_DEPS)
+	$(HOSTCC) $(HOSTCFLAGS) -I. -c glob.c -o $@
+
+lkc_defs.h: lkc_proto.h
+	@sed < $< > $@ 's/P(\([^,]*\),.*/#define \1 (\*\1_p)/'
+
+###
+# The following requires flex/bison
+# By default we use the _shipped versions, uncomment the
+# following line if you are modifying the flex/bison src.
+LKC_GENPARSER:=	1
+
+ifdef LKC_GENPARSER
+
+%.tab.c %.tab.h: %.y
+	bison -t -d -v -b $* -p $(notdir $*) $<
+
+lex.%.c: %.l
+	flex -P$(notdir $*) -o$@ $<
+
+lex.zconf.o: lex.zconf.c $(SHARED_DEPS)
+	$(HOSTCC) $(HOSTCFLAGS) -I. -c $< -o $@
+
+zconf.tab.o: zconf.tab.c lex.zconf.c confdata.c expr.c symbol.c menu.c $(SHARED_DEPS)
+	$(HOSTCC) $(HOSTCFLAGS) -I. -c $< -o $@
+
+else
+
+lex.zconf.o: lex.zconf.c $(SHARED_DEPS)
+	$(HOSTCC) $(HOSTCFLAGS) -I. -c $< -o $@
+
+lex.zconf.c: lex.zconf.c_shipped
+	$(CP) lex.zconf.c_shipped lex.zconf.c
+
+zconf.tab.o: zconf.tab.c lex.zconf.c confdata.c expr.c symbol.c menu.c $(SHARED_DEPS)
+	$(HOSTCC) $(HOSTCFLAGS) -I. -c $< -o $@
+
+zconf.tab.c: zconf.tab.c_shipped
+	$(CP) zconf.tab.c_shipped zconf.tab.c
+
+zconf.tab.h: zconf.tab.h_shipped
+	$(CP) zconf.tab.h_shipped zconf.tab.h
+endif
+
+.PHONY: ncurses
+
+ncurses:
+	@echo "int main(void) { return -1; }" > lxtemp.c
+	@if $(HOSTCC) $(HOSTCFLAGS) lxtemp.c $(LIBS) ; then \
+		rm -f lxtemp.c a.out; \
+	else \
+		rm -f lxtemp.c; \
+		printf '\007'; \
+		echo ">> Unable to find the Ncurses libraries." ;\
+		echo ">>" ;\
+		echo ">> You must have Ncurses installed in order" ;\
+		echo ">> to use 'make menuconfig'" ;\
+		echo ;\
+		exit 1 ;\
+	fi
+
+clean:
+	rm -f *.o *~ core $(TARGETS) $(MCONF_OBJS) $(CONF_OBJS) \
+		conf mconf zconf.tab.c zconf.tab.h lex.zconf.c lkc_defs.h
diff --git a/config/Makefile.in b/config/Makefile.in
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0b3ac40a9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/config/Makefile.in
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+ifeq ($(strip $(ADK_PACKAGE_CONFIG)),y)
+TARGETS+=config
+endif
+
+include ${TOPDIR}/mk/pkg-bottom.mk
diff --git a/config/checklist.c b/config/checklist.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ec5a9ad68
--- /dev/null
+++ b/config/checklist.c
@@ -0,0 +1,377 @@
+/*
+ *  checklist.c -- implements the checklist box
+ *
+ *  ORIGINAL AUTHOR: Savio Lam (lam836@cs.cuhk.hk)
+ *     Stuart Herbert - S.Herbert@sheffield.ac.uk: radiolist extension
+ *     Alessandro Rubini - rubini@ipvvis.unipv.it: merged the two
+ *  MODIFIED FOR LINUX KERNEL CONFIG BY: William Roadcap (roadcap@cfw.com)
+ *
+ *  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ *  modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ *  as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ *  of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ *  This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ *  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ *  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ *  GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ *  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ *  along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ *  Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+ */
+
+#include "dialog.h"
+
+static int list_width, check_x, item_x, checkflag;
+
+/*
+ * Print list item
+ */
+static void
+print_item (WINDOW * win, const char *item, int status,
+	    int choice, int selected)
+{
+    int i;
+
+    /* Clear 'residue' of last item */
+    wattrset (win, menubox_attr);
+    wmove (win, choice, 0);
+    for (i = 0; i < list_width; i++)
+	waddch (win, ' ');
+
+    wmove (win, choice, check_x);
+    wattrset (win, selected ? check_selected_attr : check_attr);
+    if (checkflag == FLAG_CHECK)
+	wprintw (win, "[%c]", status ? 'X' : ' ');
+    else
+	wprintw (win, "(%c)", status ? 'X' : ' ');
+
+#if 0
+    wattrset (win, selected ? tag_selected_attr : tag_attr);
+    mvwaddch(win, choice, item_x, item[0]);
+    wattrset (win, selected ? item_selected_attr : item_attr);
+    waddstr (win, (char *)item+1);
+#else
+    wattrset (win, selected ? item_selected_attr : item_attr);
+    waddstr (win, item);
+#endif
+    if (selected) {
+    	wmove (win, choice, check_x+1);
+    	wrefresh (win);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ * Print the scroll indicators.
+ */
+static void
+print_arrows (WINDOW * win, int choice, int item_no, int scroll,
+		int y, int x, int height)
+{
+    wmove(win, y, x);
+
+    if (scroll > 0) {
+	wattrset (win, uarrow_attr);
+	waddch (win, ACS_UARROW);
+	waddstr (win, "(-)");
+    }
+    else {
+	wattrset (win, menubox_attr);
+	waddch (win, ACS_HLINE);
+	waddch (win, ACS_HLINE);
+	waddch (win, ACS_HLINE);
+	waddch (win, ACS_HLINE);
+    }
+
+   y = y + height + 1;
+   wmove(win, y, x);
+
+   if ((height < item_no) && (scroll + choice < item_no - 1)) {
+	wattrset (win, darrow_attr);
+	waddch (win, ACS_DARROW);
+	waddstr (win, "(+)");
+    }
+    else {
+	wattrset (win, menubox_border_attr);
+	waddch (win, ACS_HLINE);
+	waddch (win, ACS_HLINE);
+	waddch (win, ACS_HLINE);
+	waddch (win, ACS_HLINE);
+   }
+}
+
+/*
+ *  Display the termination buttons
+ */
+static void
+print_buttons( WINDOW *dialog, int height, int width, int selected)
+{
+    int x = width / 2 - 11;
+    int y = height - 2;
+
+    print_button (dialog, "Select", y, x, selected == 0);
+    print_button (dialog, " Help ", y, x + 14, selected == 1);
+
+    wmove(dialog, y, x+1 + 14*selected);
+    wrefresh (dialog);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Display a dialog box with a list of options that can be turned on or off
+ * The `flag' parameter is used to select between radiolist and checklist.
+ */
+int
+dialog_checklist (const char *title, const char *prompt, int height, int width,
+	int list_height, int item_no, struct dialog_list_item ** items,
+	int flag)
+
+{
+    int i, x, y, box_x, box_y;
+    int key = 0, button = 0, choice = 0, scroll = 0, max_choice, *status;
+    WINDOW *dialog, *list;
+
+    checkflag = flag;
+
+    /* Allocate space for storing item on/off status */
+    if ((status = malloc (sizeof (int) * item_no)) == NULL) {
+	endwin ();
+	fprintf (stderr,
+		 "\nCan't allocate memory in dialog_checklist().\n");
+	exit (-1);
+    }
+
+    /* Initializes status */
+    for (i = 0; i < item_no; i++) {
+	status[i] = (items[i]->selected == 1); /* ON */
+	if ((!choice && status[i]) || items[i]->selected == 2) /* SELECTED */
+            choice = i + 1;
+    }
+    if (choice)
+	    choice--;
+
+    max_choice = MIN (list_height, item_no);
+
+    /* center dialog box on screen */
+    x = (COLS - width) / 2;
+    y = (LINES - height) / 2;
+
+    draw_shadow (stdscr, y, x, height, width);
+
+    dialog = newwin (height, width, y, x);
+    keypad (dialog, TRUE);
+
+    draw_box (dialog, 0, 0, height, width, dialog_attr, border_attr);
+    wattrset (dialog, border_attr);
+    mvwaddch (dialog, height-3, 0, ACS_LTEE);
+    for (i = 0; i < width - 2; i++)
+	waddch (dialog, ACS_HLINE);
+    wattrset (dialog, dialog_attr);
+    waddch (dialog, ACS_RTEE);
+
+    if (title != NULL && strlen(title) >= width-2 ) {
+	/* truncate long title -- mec */
+	char * title2 = malloc(width-2+1);
+	memcpy( title2, title, width-2 );
+	title2[width-2] = '\0';
+	title = title2;
+    }
+
+    if (title != NULL) {
+	wattrset (dialog, title_attr);
+	mvwaddch (dialog, 0, (width - strlen(title))/2 - 1, ' ');
+	waddstr (dialog, (char *)title);
+	waddch (dialog, ' ');
+    }
+
+    wattrset (dialog, dialog_attr);
+    print_autowrap (dialog, prompt, width - 2, 1, 3);
+
+    list_width = width - 6;
+    box_y = height - list_height - 5;
+    box_x = (width - list_width) / 2 - 1;
+
+    /* create new window for the list */
+    list = subwin (dialog, list_height, list_width, y+box_y+1, x+box_x+1);
+
+    keypad (list, TRUE);
+
+    /* draw a box around the list items */
+    draw_box (dialog, box_y, box_x, list_height + 2, list_width + 2,
+	      menubox_border_attr, menubox_attr);
+
+    /* Find length of longest item in order to center checklist */
+    check_x = 0;
+    for (i = 0; i < item_no; i++)
+	check_x = MAX (check_x, + strlen (items[i]->name) + 4);
+
+    check_x = (list_width - check_x) / 2;
+    item_x = check_x + 4;
+
+    if (choice >= list_height) {
+	scroll = choice - list_height + 1;
+	choice -= scroll;
+    }
+
+    /* Print the list */
+    for (i = 0; i < max_choice; i++) {
+	print_item (list, items[scroll + i]->name,
+		    status[i+scroll], i, i == choice);
+    }
+
+    print_arrows(dialog, choice, item_no, scroll,
+			box_y, box_x + check_x + 5, list_height);
+
+    print_buttons(dialog, height, width, 0);
+
+    wnoutrefresh (list);
+    wnoutrefresh (dialog);
+    doupdate ();
+
+    while (key != ESC) {
+	key = wgetch (dialog);
+
+    	for (i = 0; i < max_choice; i++)
+            if (toupper(key) == toupper(items[scroll + i]->name[0]))
+                break;
+
+
+	if ( i < max_choice || key == KEY_UP || key == KEY_DOWN ||
+	    key == '+' || key == '-' ) {
+	    if (key == KEY_UP || key == '-') {
+		if (!choice) {
+		    if (!scroll)
+			continue;
+		    /* Scroll list down */
+		    if (list_height > 1) {
+			/* De-highlight current first item */
+			print_item (list, items[scroll]->name,
+					status[scroll], 0, FALSE);
+			scrollok (list, TRUE);
+			wscrl (list, -1);
+			scrollok (list, FALSE);
+		    }
+		    scroll--;
+		    print_item (list, items[scroll]->name,
+				status[scroll], 0, TRUE);
+		    wnoutrefresh (list);
+
+    		    print_arrows(dialog, choice, item_no, scroll,
+				box_y, box_x + check_x + 5, list_height);
+
+		    wrefresh (dialog);
+
+		    continue;	/* wait for another key press */
+		} else
+		    i = choice - 1;
+	    } else if (key == KEY_DOWN || key == '+') {
+		if (choice == max_choice - 1) {
+		    if (scroll + choice >= item_no - 1)
+			continue;
+		    /* Scroll list up */
+		    if (list_height > 1) {
+			/* De-highlight current last item before scrolling up */
+			print_item (list, items[scroll + max_choice - 1]->name,
+				    status[scroll + max_choice - 1],
+				    max_choice - 1, FALSE);
+			scrollok (list, TRUE);
+			scroll (list);
+			scrollok (list, FALSE);
+		    }
+		    scroll++;
+		    print_item (list, items[scroll + max_choice - 1]->name,
+				status[scroll + max_choice - 1],
+				max_choice - 1, TRUE);
+		    wnoutrefresh (list);
+
+    		    print_arrows(dialog, choice, item_no, scroll,
+				box_y, box_x + check_x + 5, list_height);
+
+		    wrefresh (dialog);
+
+		    continue;	/* wait for another key press */
+		} else
+		    i = choice + 1;
+	    }
+	    if (i != choice) {
+		/* De-highlight current item */
+		print_item (list, items[scroll + choice]->name,
+			    status[scroll + choice], choice, FALSE);
+		/* Highlight new item */
+		choice = i;
+		print_item (list, items[scroll + choice]->name,
+			    status[scroll + choice], choice, TRUE);
+		wnoutrefresh (list);
+		wrefresh (dialog);
+	    }
+	    continue;		/* wait for another key press */
+	}
+	switch (key) {
+	case 'H':
+	case 'h':
+	case '?':
+	    for (i = 0; i < item_no; i++)
+		items[i]->selected = 0;
+	    items[scroll + choice]->selected = 1;
+	    delwin (dialog);
+	    free (status);
+	    return 1;
+	case TAB:
+	case KEY_LEFT:
+	case KEY_RIGHT:
+	    button = ((key == KEY_LEFT ? --button : ++button) < 0)
+			? 1 : (button > 1 ? 0 : button);
+
+	    print_buttons(dialog, height, width, button);
+	    wrefresh (dialog);
+	    break;
+	case 'S':
+	case 's':
+	case ' ':
+	case '\n':
+	    if (!button) {
+		if (flag == FLAG_CHECK) {
+		    status[scroll + choice] = !status[scroll + choice];
+		    wmove (list, choice, check_x);
+		    wattrset (list, check_selected_attr);
+		    wprintw (list, "[%c]", status[scroll + choice] ? 'X' : ' ');
+		} else {
+		    if (!status[scroll + choice]) {
+			for (i = 0; i < item_no; i++)
+			    status[i] = 0;
+			status[scroll + choice] = 1;
+			for (i = 0; i < max_choice; i++)
+			    print_item (list, items[scroll + i]->name,
+					status[scroll + i], i, i == choice);
+		    }
+		}
+		wnoutrefresh (list);
+		wrefresh (dialog);
+
+		for (i = 0; i < item_no; i++) {
+			items[i]->selected = status[i];
+		}
+            } else {
+		    for (i = 0; i < item_no; i++)
+			    items[i]->selected = 0;
+		    items[scroll + choice]->selected = 1;
+	    }
+	    delwin (dialog);
+	    free (status);
+	    return button;
+	case 'X':
+	case 'x':
+	    key = ESC;
+	case ESC:
+	    break;
+	}
+
+	/* Now, update everything... */
+	doupdate ();
+    }
+
+
+    delwin (dialog);
+    free (status);
+    return -1;			/* ESC pressed */
+}
diff --git a/config/colors.h b/config/colors.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d34dd37c6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/config/colors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
+/*
+ *  colors.h -- color attribute definitions
+ *
+ *  AUTHOR: Savio Lam (lam836@cs.cuhk.hk)
+ *
+ *  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ *  modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ *  as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ *  of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ *  This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ *  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ *  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ *  GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ *  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ *  along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ *  Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+ */
+
+
+/*
+ *   Default color definitions
+ *
+ *   *_FG = foreground
+ *   *_BG = background
+ *   *_HL = highlight?
+ */
+#define SCREEN_FG                    COLOR_CYAN
+#define SCREEN_BG                    COLOR_BLUE
+#define SCREEN_HL                    TRUE
+
+#define SHADOW_FG                    COLOR_BLACK
+#define SHADOW_BG                    COLOR_BLACK
+#define SHADOW_HL                    TRUE
+
+#define DIALOG_FG                    COLOR_BLACK
+#define DIALOG_BG                    COLOR_WHITE
+#define DIALOG_HL                    FALSE
+
+#define TITLE_FG                     COLOR_YELLOW
+#define TITLE_BG                     COLOR_WHITE
+#define TITLE_HL                     TRUE
+
+#define BORDER_FG                    COLOR_WHITE
+#define BORDER_BG                    COLOR_WHITE
+#define BORDER_HL                    TRUE
+
+#define BUTTON_ACTIVE_FG             COLOR_WHITE
+#define BUTTON_ACTIVE_BG             COLOR_BLUE
+#define BUTTON_ACTIVE_HL             TRUE
+
+#define BUTTON_INACTIVE_FG           COLOR_BLACK
+#define BUTTON_INACTIVE_BG           COLOR_WHITE
+#define BUTTON_INACTIVE_HL           FALSE
+
+#define BUTTON_KEY_ACTIVE_FG         COLOR_WHITE
+#define BUTTON_KEY_ACTIVE_BG         COLOR_BLUE
+#define BUTTON_KEY_ACTIVE_HL         TRUE
+
+#define BUTTON_KEY_INACTIVE_FG       COLOR_RED
+#define BUTTON_KEY_INACTIVE_BG       COLOR_WHITE
+#define BUTTON_KEY_INACTIVE_HL       FALSE
+
+#define BUTTON_LABEL_ACTIVE_FG       COLOR_YELLOW
+#define BUTTON_LABEL_ACTIVE_BG       COLOR_BLUE
+#define BUTTON_LABEL_ACTIVE_HL       TRUE
+
+#define BUTTON_LABEL_INACTIVE_FG     COLOR_BLACK
+#define BUTTON_LABEL_INACTIVE_BG     COLOR_WHITE
+#define BUTTON_LABEL_INACTIVE_HL     TRUE
+
+#define INPUTBOX_FG                  COLOR_BLACK
+#define INPUTBOX_BG                  COLOR_WHITE
+#define INPUTBOX_HL                  FALSE
+
+#define INPUTBOX_BORDER_FG           COLOR_BLACK
+#define INPUTBOX_BORDER_BG           COLOR_WHITE
+#define INPUTBOX_BORDER_HL           FALSE
+
+#define SEARCHBOX_FG                 COLOR_BLACK
+#define SEARCHBOX_BG                 COLOR_WHITE
+#define SEARCHBOX_HL                 FALSE
+
+#define SEARCHBOX_TITLE_FG           COLOR_YELLOW
+#define SEARCHBOX_TITLE_BG           COLOR_WHITE
+#define SEARCHBOX_TITLE_HL           TRUE
+
+#define SEARCHBOX_BORDER_FG          COLOR_WHITE
+#define SEARCHBOX_BORDER_BG          COLOR_WHITE
+#define SEARCHBOX_BORDER_HL          TRUE
+
+#define POSITION_INDICATOR_FG        COLOR_YELLOW
+#define POSITION_INDICATOR_BG        COLOR_WHITE
+#define POSITION_INDICATOR_HL        TRUE
+
+#define MENUBOX_FG                   COLOR_BLACK
+#define MENUBOX_BG                   COLOR_WHITE
+#define MENUBOX_HL                   FALSE
+
+#define MENUBOX_BORDER_FG            COLOR_WHITE
+#define MENUBOX_BORDER_BG            COLOR_WHITE
+#define MENUBOX_BORDER_HL            TRUE
+
+#define ITEM_FG                      COLOR_BLACK
+#define ITEM_BG                      COLOR_WHITE
+#define ITEM_HL                      FALSE
+
+#define ITEM_SELECTED_FG             COLOR_WHITE
+#define ITEM_SELECTED_BG             COLOR_BLUE
+#define ITEM_SELECTED_HL             TRUE
+
+#define TAG_FG                       COLOR_YELLOW
+#define TAG_BG                       COLOR_WHITE
+#define TAG_HL                       TRUE
+
+#define TAG_SELECTED_FG              COLOR_YELLOW
+#define TAG_SELECTED_BG              COLOR_BLUE
+#define TAG_SELECTED_HL              TRUE
+
+#define TAG_KEY_FG                   COLOR_YELLOW
+#define TAG_KEY_BG                   COLOR_WHITE
+#define TAG_KEY_HL                   TRUE
+
+#define TAG_KEY_SELECTED_FG          COLOR_YELLOW
+#define TAG_KEY_SELECTED_BG          COLOR_BLUE
+#define TAG_KEY_SELECTED_HL          TRUE
+
+#define CHECK_FG                     COLOR_BLACK
+#define CHECK_BG                     COLOR_WHITE
+#define CHECK_HL                     FALSE
+
+#define CHECK_SELECTED_FG            COLOR_WHITE
+#define CHECK_SELECTED_BG            COLOR_BLUE
+#define CHECK_SELECTED_HL            TRUE
+
+#define UARROW_FG                    COLOR_GREEN
+#define UARROW_BG                    COLOR_WHITE
+#define UARROW_HL                    TRUE
+
+#define DARROW_FG                    COLOR_GREEN
+#define DARROW_BG                    COLOR_WHITE
+#define DARROW_HL                    TRUE
+
+/* End of default color definitions */
+
+#define C_ATTR(x,y)                  ((x ? A_BOLD : 0) | COLOR_PAIR((y)))
+#define COLOR_NAME_LEN               10
+#define COLOR_COUNT                  8
+
+/*
+ * Global variables
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+    char name[COLOR_NAME_LEN];
+    int value;
+} color_names_st;
+
+extern color_names_st color_names[];
+extern int color_table[][3];
diff --git a/config/conf.c b/config/conf.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..08e2895d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/config/conf.c
@@ -0,0 +1,601 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2002 Roman Zippel <zippel@linux-m68k.org>
+ * Released under the terms of the GNU GPL v2.0.
+ */
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <time.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#define LKC_DIRECT_LINK
+#include "lkc.h"
+
+extern int output_mode;
+
+static void conf(struct menu *menu);
+static void check_conf(struct menu *menu);
+
+enum {
+	ask_all,
+	ask_new,
+	ask_silent,
+	set_default,
+	set_yes,
+	set_mod,
+	ask_mod,
+	set_no,
+	set_random
+} input_mode = ask_all;
+char *defconfig_file;
+
+static int indent = 1;
+static int valid_stdin = 1;
+static int conf_cnt;
+static int press_enter = 0;
+static char line[128];
+static struct menu *rootEntry;
+
+static char nohelp_text[] = "Sorry, no help available for this option yet.\n";
+
+static void strip(char *str)
+{
+	char *p = str;
+	int l;
+
+	while ((isspace(*p)))
+		p++;
+	l = strlen(p);
+	if (p != str)
+		memmove(str, p, l + 1);
+	if (!l)
+		return;
+	p = str + l - 1;
+	while ((isspace(*p)))
+		*p-- = 0;
+}
+
+static void check_stdin(void)
+{
+	if (!valid_stdin && input_mode == ask_silent && !press_enter) {
+		printf("aborted!\n\n");
+		printf("Console input/output is redirected. ");
+		printf("Run 'make oldconfig' to update configuration.\n\n");
+		exit(1);
+	}
+}
+
+static void conf_askvalue(struct symbol *sym, const char *def)
+{
+	enum symbol_type type = sym_get_type(sym);
+	tristate val;
+
+	if (!sym_has_value(sym))
+		printf("(NEW) ");
+
+	line[0] = '\n';
+	line[1] = 0;
+
+	if (!sym_is_changable(sym)) {
+		printf("%s\n", def);
+		line[0] = '\n';
+		line[1] = 0;
+		return;
+	}
+
+	switch (input_mode) {
+	case ask_new:
+	case ask_silent:
+		if (sym_has_value(sym) ||
+		    (output_mode && !(sym->flags & SYMBOL_WRITE))) {
+			printf("%s\n", def);
+			return;
+		}
+		check_stdin();
+	case ask_all:
+		fflush(stdout);
+		fgets(line, 128, stdin);
+		return;
+	case set_default:
+		printf("%s\n", def);
+		return;
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+
+	switch (type) {
+	case S_INT:
+	case S_HEX:
+	case S_STRING:
+		printf("%s\n", def);
+		return;
+	default:
+		;
+	}
+	switch (input_mode) {
+	case set_yes:
+		if (sym_tristate_within_range(sym, yes)) {
+			line[0] = 'y';
+			line[1] = '\n';
+			line[2] = 0;
+			break;
+		}
+	case ask_mod:
+	case set_mod:
+		if (type == S_TRISTATE) {
+			if (sym_tristate_within_range(sym, mod)) {
+				line[0] = 'm';
+				line[1] = '\n';
+				line[2] = 0;
+				break;
+			}
+		} else {
+			if (sym_tristate_within_range(sym, yes)) {
+				line[0] = 'y';
+				line[1] = '\n';
+				line[2] = 0;
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+	case set_no:
+		if (sym_tristate_within_range(sym, no)) {
+			line[0] = 'n';
+			line[1] = '\n';
+			line[2] = 0;
+			break;
+		}
+	case set_random:
+		do {
+			val = (tristate)(random() % 3);
+		} while (!sym_tristate_within_range(sym, val));
+		switch (val) {
+		case no: line[0] = 'n'; break;
+		case mod: line[0] = 'm'; break;
+		case yes: line[0] = 'y'; break;
+		}
+		line[1] = '\n';
+		line[2] = 0;
+		break;
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+	printf("%s", line);
+}
+
+int conf_string(struct menu *menu)
+{
+	struct symbol *sym = menu->sym;
+	const char *def, *help;
+
+	while (1) {
+		printf("%*s%s ", indent - 1, "", menu->prompt->text);
+		printf("(%s) ", sym->name);
+		def = sym_get_string_value(sym);
+		if (sym_get_string_value(sym))
+			printf("[%s] ", def);
+		conf_askvalue(sym, def);
+		switch (line[0]) {
+		case '\n':
+			break;
+		case '?':
+			/* print help */
+			if (line[1] == '\n') {
+				help = nohelp_text;
+				if (menu->sym->help)
+					help = menu->sym->help;
+				printf("\n%s\n", menu->sym->help);
+				def = NULL;
+				break;
+			}
+		default:
+			line[strlen(line)-1] = 0;
+			def = line;
+		}
+		if (def && sym_set_string_value(sym, def))
+			return 0;
+	}
+}
+
+static int conf_sym(struct menu *menu)
+{
+	struct symbol *sym = menu->sym;
+	int type;
+	tristate oldval, newval;
+	const char *help;
+
+	while (1) {
+		printf("%*s%s ", indent - 1, "", menu->prompt->text);
+		if (sym->name)
+			printf("(%s) ", sym->name);
+		type = sym_get_type(sym);
+		putchar('[');
+		oldval = sym_get_tristate_value(sym);
+		switch (oldval) {
+		case no:
+			putchar('N');
+			break;
+		case mod:
+			putchar('M');
+			break;
+		case yes:
+			putchar('Y');
+			break;
+		}
+		if (oldval != no && sym_tristate_within_range(sym, no))
+			printf("/n");
+		if (oldval != mod && sym_tristate_within_range(sym, mod))
+			printf("/m");
+		if (oldval != yes && sym_tristate_within_range(sym, yes))
+			printf("/y");
+		if (sym->help)
+			printf("/?");
+		printf("] ");
+		conf_askvalue(sym, sym_get_string_value(sym));
+		strip(line);
+
+		switch (line[0]) {
+		case 'n':
+		case 'N':
+			newval = no;
+			if (!line[1] || !strcmp(&line[1], "o"))
+				break;
+			continue;
+		case 'm':
+		case 'M':
+			newval = mod;
+			if (!line[1])
+				break;
+			continue;
+		case 'y':
+		case 'Y':
+			newval = yes;
+			if (!line[1] || !strcmp(&line[1], "es"))
+				break;
+			continue;
+		case 0:
+			newval = oldval;
+			break;
+		case '?':
+			goto help;
+		default:
+			continue;
+		}
+		if (sym_set_tristate_value(sym, newval))
+			return 0;
+help:
+		help = nohelp_text;
+		if (sym->help)
+			help = sym->help;
+		printf("\n%s\n", help);
+	}
+}
+
+static int conf_choice(struct menu *menu)
+{
+	struct symbol *sym, *def_sym;
+	struct menu *child;
+	int type;
+	bool is_new;
+
+	sym = menu->sym;
+	type = sym_get_type(sym);
+	is_new = !sym_has_value(sym);
+	if (sym_is_changable(sym)) {
+		conf_sym(menu);
+		sym_calc_value(sym);
+		switch (sym_get_tristate_value(sym)) {
+		case no:
+			return 1;
+		case mod:
+			return 0;
+		case yes:
+			break;
+		}
+	} else {
+		switch (sym_get_tristate_value(sym)) {
+		case no:
+			return 1;
+		case mod:
+			printf("%*s%s\n", indent - 1, "", menu_get_prompt(menu));
+			return 0;
+		case yes:
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	while (1) {
+		int cnt, def;
+
+		printf("%*s%s\n", indent - 1, "", menu_get_prompt(menu));
+		def_sym = sym_get_choice_value(sym);
+		cnt = def = 0;
+		line[0] = '0';
+		line[1] = 0;
+		for (child = menu->list; child; child = child->next) {
+			if (!menu_is_visible(child))
+				continue;
+			if (!child->sym) {
+				printf("%*c %s\n", indent, '*', menu_get_prompt(child));
+				continue;
+			}
+			cnt++;
+			if (child->sym == def_sym) {
+				def = cnt;
+				printf("%*c", indent, '>');
+			} else
+				printf("%*c", indent, ' ');
+			printf(" %d. %s", cnt, menu_get_prompt(child));
+			if (child->sym->name)
+				printf(" (%s)", child->sym->name);
+			if (!sym_has_value(child->sym))
+				printf(" (NEW)");
+			printf("\n");
+		}
+		printf("%*schoice", indent - 1, "");
+		if (cnt == 1) {
+			printf("[1]: 1\n");
+			goto conf_childs;
+		}
+		printf("[1-%d", cnt);
+		if (sym->help)
+			printf("?");
+		printf("]: ");
+		switch (input_mode) {
+		case ask_new:
+		case ask_silent:
+			if (!is_new) {
+				cnt = def;
+				printf("%d\n", cnt);
+				break;
+			}
+			check_stdin();
+		case ask_all:
+			fflush(stdout);
+			fgets(line, 128, stdin);
+			strip(line);
+			if (line[0] == '?') {
+				printf("\n%s\n", menu->sym->help ?
+					menu->sym->help : nohelp_text);
+				continue;
+			}
+			if (!line[0])
+				cnt = def;
+			else if (isdigit(line[0]))
+				cnt = atoi(line);
+			else
+				continue;
+			break;
+		case set_random:
+			def = (random() % cnt) + 1;
+		case set_default:
+		case set_yes:
+		case set_mod:
+		case set_no:
+		case ask_mod:
+			cnt = def;
+			printf("%d\n", cnt);
+			break;
+		}
+
+	conf_childs:
+		for (child = menu->list; child; child = child->next) {
+			if (!child->sym || !menu_is_visible(child))
+				continue;
+			if (!--cnt)
+				break;
+		}
+		if (!child)
+			continue;
+		if (line[strlen(line) - 1] == '?') {
+			printf("\n%s\n", child->sym->help ?
+				child->sym->help : nohelp_text);
+			continue;
+		}
+		sym_set_choice_value(sym, child->sym);
+		if (child->list) {
+			indent += 2;
+			conf(child->list);
+			indent -= 2;
+		}
+		return 1;
+	}
+}
+
+static void conf(struct menu *menu)
+{
+	struct symbol *sym;
+	struct property *prop;
+	struct menu *child;
+
+	if (!menu_is_visible(menu))
+		return;
+
+	sym = menu->sym;
+	prop = menu->prompt;
+	if (prop) {
+		const char *prompt;
+
+		switch (prop->type) {
+		case P_MENU:
+			if (input_mode == ask_silent && rootEntry != menu) {
+				check_conf(menu);
+				return;
+			}
+		case P_COMMENT:
+			prompt = menu_get_prompt(menu);
+			if (prompt)
+				printf("%*c\n%*c %s\n%*c\n",
+					indent, '*',
+					indent, '*', prompt,
+					indent, '*');
+		default:
+			;
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (!sym)
+		goto conf_childs;
+
+	if (sym_is_choice(sym)) {
+		conf_choice(menu);
+		if (sym->curr.tri != mod)
+			return;
+		goto conf_childs;
+	}
+
+	switch (sym->type) {
+	case S_INT:
+	case S_HEX:
+	case S_STRING:
+		conf_string(menu);
+		break;
+	default:
+		conf_sym(menu);
+		break;
+	}
+
+conf_childs:
+	if (sym)
+		indent += 2;
+	for (child = menu->list; child; child = child->next)
+		conf(child);
+	if (sym)
+		indent -= 2;
+}
+
+static void check_conf(struct menu *menu)
+{
+	struct symbol *sym;
+	struct menu *child;
+
+	if (!menu_is_visible(menu))
+		return;
+
+	sym = menu->sym;
+	if (sym) {
+		if (sym_is_changable(sym) && !sym_has_value(sym)) {
+			if (!conf_cnt++)
+				printf("*\n* Restart config...\n*\n");
+			rootEntry = menu_get_parent_menu(menu);
+			conf(rootEntry);
+		}
+		if (sym_is_choice(sym) && sym_get_tristate_value(sym) != mod)
+			return;
+	}
+
+	for (child = menu->list; child; child = child->next)
+		check_conf(child);
+}
+
+int main(int ac, char **av)
+{
+	int i = 1;
+	const char *name;
+	struct stat tmpstat;
+
+	if (ac > i && av[i][0] == '-') {
+		switch (av[i++][1]) {
+		case 'A':
+			output_mode = 1;
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case 'o':
+			input_mode = ask_new;
+			break;
+		case 'a':
+			input_mode = ask_new;
+			press_enter = 1;
+			break;
+		case 's':
+			input_mode = ask_silent;
+			valid_stdin = isatty(0) && isatty(1) && isatty(2);
+			break;
+		case 'd':
+			input_mode = set_default;
+			break;
+		case 'D':
+			input_mode = set_default;
+			defconfig_file = av[i++];
+			if (!defconfig_file) {
+				printf("%s: No default config file specified\n",
+					av[0]);
+				exit(1);
+			}
+			break;
+		case 'n':
+			input_mode = set_no;
+			break;
+		case 'M':
+			input_mode = ask_mod;
+			break;
+		case 'm':
+			input_mode = set_mod;
+			break;
+		case 'y':
+			input_mode = set_yes;
+			break;
+		case 'r':
+			input_mode = set_random;
+			srandom(time(NULL));
+			break;
+		case 'h':
+		case '?':
+			printf("%s [-o|-s] config\n", av[0]);
+			exit(0);
+		}
+	}
+  	name = av[i];
+	if (!name) {
+		printf("%s: configuration file missing\n", av[0]);
+	}
+	conf_parse(name);
+	//zconfdump(stdout);
+	switch (input_mode) {
+	case set_default:
+		if (!defconfig_file)
+			defconfig_file = conf_get_default_confname();
+		if (conf_read(defconfig_file)) {
+			printf("***\n"
+				"*** Can't find default configuration \"%s\"!\n"
+				"***\n", defconfig_file);
+			exit(1);
+		}
+		break;
+	case ask_silent:
+		if (stat(".config", &tmpstat)) {
+			printf("***\n"
+				"*** You have not yet configured OpenADK!\n"
+				"***\n"
+				"*** Please run some configurator (e.g. \"make oldconfig\" or\n"
+				"*** \"make menuconfig\" or \"make config\").\n"
+				"***\n");
+			exit(1);
+		}
+	case ask_all:
+	case ask_new:
+	case ask_mod:
+		conf_read(NULL);
+		break;
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+
+	if (input_mode != ask_silent) {
+		rootEntry = &rootmenu;
+		conf(&rootmenu);
+		if (input_mode == ask_all) {
+			input_mode = ask_silent;
+			valid_stdin = 1;
+		}
+	}
+	do {
+		conf_cnt = 0;
+		check_conf(&rootmenu);
+	} while (conf_cnt);
+	if (conf_write(NULL)) {
+		fprintf(stderr, "\n*** Error during writing of the OpenADK configuration.\n\n");
+		return 1;
+	}
+	return 0;
+}
diff --git a/config/confdata.c b/config/confdata.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3bebe2c22
--- /dev/null
+++ b/config/confdata.c
@@ -0,0 +1,449 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2002 Roman Zippel <zippel@linux-m68k.org>
+ * Released under the terms of the GNU GPL v2.0.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#define LKC_DIRECT_LINK
+#include "lkc.h"
+
+int output_mode = 0;
+
+const char conf_def_filename[] = ".config";
+
+const char conf_defname[] = "Config.default";
+
+const char *conf_confnames[] = {
+	".config",
+	conf_defname,
+	NULL,
+};
+
+static char *conf_expand_value(const char *in)
+{
+	struct symbol *sym;
+	const char *src;
+	static char res_value[SYMBOL_MAXLENGTH];
+	char *dst, name[SYMBOL_MAXLENGTH];
+
+	res_value[0] = 0;
+	dst = name;
+	while ((src = strchr(in, '$'))) {
+		strncat(res_value, in, src - in);
+		src++;
+		dst = name;
+		while (isalnum(*src) || *src == '_')
+			*dst++ = *src++;
+		*dst = 0;
+		sym = sym_lookup(name, 0);
+		sym_calc_value(sym);
+		strcat(res_value, sym_get_string_value(sym));
+		in = src;
+	}
+	strcat(res_value, in);
+
+	return res_value;
+}
+
+char *conf_get_default_confname(void)
+{
+	struct stat buf;
+	static char fullname[PATH_MAX+1];
+	char *env, *name;
+
+	name = conf_expand_value(conf_defname);
+	env = getenv(SRCTREE);
+	if (env) {
+		sprintf(fullname, "%s/%s", env, name);
+		if (!stat(fullname, &buf))
+			return fullname;
+	}
+	return name;
+}
+
+int conf_read(const char *name)
+{
+	FILE *in = NULL;
+	char line[2048];
+	char *p, *p2;
+	int lineno = 0;
+	struct symbol *sym;
+	struct property *prop;
+	struct expr *e;
+	int i;
+
+	if (name) {
+		in = zconf_fopen(name);
+	} else {
+		const char **names = conf_confnames;
+		while ((name = *names++)) {
+			name = conf_expand_value(name);
+			in = zconf_fopen(name);
+			if (in) {
+				printf("#\n"
+				       "# using defaults found in %s\n"
+				       "#\n", name);
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (!in)
+		return 1;
+
+	for_all_symbols(i, sym) {
+		sym->flags |= SYMBOL_NEW | SYMBOL_CHANGED;
+		sym->flags &= ~SYMBOL_VALID;
+		switch (sym->type) {
+		case S_INT:
+		case S_HEX:
+		case S_STRING:
+			if (sym->user.val)
+				free(sym->user.val);
+		default:
+			sym->user.val = NULL;
+			sym->user.tri = no;
+		}
+	}
+
+	while (fgets(line, sizeof(line), in)) {
+		lineno++;
+		sym = NULL;
+		switch (line[0]) {
+		case '#':
+			if (line[1]!=' ')
+				continue;
+			p = strchr(line + 2, ' ');
+			if (!p)
+				continue;
+			*p++ = 0;
+			if (strncmp(p, "is not set", 10))
+				continue;
+			sym = sym_find(line + 2);
+			if (!sym) {
+				fprintf(stderr, "%s:%d: trying to assign nonexistent symbol %s\n", name, lineno, line + 2);
+				break;
+			}
+			switch (sym->type) {
+			case S_BOOLEAN:
+			case S_TRISTATE:
+				sym->user.tri = no;
+				sym->flags &= ~SYMBOL_NEW;
+				break;
+			default:
+				;
+			}
+			break;
+
+		case 'A' ... 'Z':
+			p = strchr(line, '=');
+			if (!p)
+				continue;
+			*p++ = 0;
+			p2 = strchr(p, '\n');
+			if (p2)
+				*p2 = 0;
+			sym = sym_find(line);
+			if (!sym) {
+				fprintf(stderr, "%s:%d: trying to assign nonexistent symbol %s\n", name, lineno, line);
+				break;
+			}
+			switch (sym->type) {
+			case S_TRISTATE:
+				if (p[0] == 'm') {
+					sym->user.tri = mod;
+					sym->flags &= ~SYMBOL_NEW;
+					break;
+				}
+			case S_BOOLEAN:
+				if (p[0] == 'y') {
+					sym->user.tri = yes;
+					sym->flags &= ~SYMBOL_NEW;
+					break;
+				}
+				if (p[0] == 'n') {
+					sym->user.tri = no;
+					sym->flags &= ~SYMBOL_NEW;
+					break;
+				}
+				break;
+			case S_STRING:
+				if (*p++ != '"')
+					break;
+				for (p2 = p; (p2 = strpbrk(p2, "\"\\")); p2++) {
+					if (*p2 == '"') {
+						*p2 = 0;
+						break;
+					}
+					memmove(p2, p2 + 1, strlen(p2));
+				}
+				if (!p2) {
+					fprintf(stderr, "%s:%d: invalid string found\n", name, lineno);
+					exit(1);
+				}
+			case S_INT:
+			case S_HEX:
+				if (sym_string_valid(sym, p)) {
+					sym->user.val = strdup(p);
+					sym->flags &= ~SYMBOL_NEW;
+				} else {
+					fprintf(stderr, "%s:%d: symbol value '%s' invalid for %s\n", name, lineno, p, sym->name);
+					exit(1);
+				}
+				break;
+			default:
+				;
+			}
+			break;
+		case '\n':
+			break;
+		default:
+			continue;
+		}
+		if (sym && sym_is_choice_value(sym)) {
+			struct symbol *cs = prop_get_symbol(sym_get_choice_prop(sym));
+			switch (sym->user.tri) {
+			case no:
+				break;
+			case mod:
+				if (cs->user.tri == yes)
+					/* warn? */;
+				break;
+			case yes:
+				if (cs->user.tri != no)
+					/* warn? */;
+				cs->user.val = sym;
+				break;
+			}
+			cs->user.tri = E_OR(cs->user.tri, sym->user.tri);
+			cs->flags &= ~SYMBOL_NEW;
+		}
+	}
+	fclose(in);
+
+	if (modules_sym)
+		sym_calc_value(modules_sym);
+	for_all_symbols(i, sym) {
+		sym_calc_value(sym);
+		if (sym_has_value(sym) && !sym_is_choice_value(sym)) {
+			if (sym->visible == no)
+				sym->flags |= SYMBOL_NEW;
+			switch (sym->type) {
+			case S_STRING:
+			case S_INT:
+			case S_HEX:
+				if (!sym_string_within_range(sym, sym->user.val))
+					sym->flags |= SYMBOL_NEW;
+			default:
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+		if (!sym_is_choice(sym))
+			continue;
+		prop = sym_get_choice_prop(sym);
+		for (e = prop->expr; e; e = e->left.expr)
+			if (e->right.sym->visible != no)
+				sym->flags |= e->right.sym->flags & SYMBOL_NEW;
+	}
+
+	sym_change_count = 1;
+
+	return 0;
+}
+
+int conf_write(const char *name)
+{
+	FILE *out, *out_h;
+	struct symbol *sym;
+	struct menu *menu;
+	const char *basename;
+	char dirname[128], tmpname[128], newname[128];
+	int type, l;
+	const char *str;
+
+	dirname[0] = 0;
+	if (name && name[0]) {
+		struct stat st;
+		char *slash;
+
+		if (!stat(name, &st) && S_ISDIR(st.st_mode)) {
+			strcpy(dirname, name);
+			strcat(dirname, "/");
+			basename = conf_def_filename;
+		} else if ((slash = strrchr(name, '/'))) {
+			int size = slash - name + 1;
+			memcpy(dirname, name, size);
+			dirname[size] = 0;
+			if (slash[1])
+				basename = slash + 1;
+			else
+				basename = conf_def_filename;
+		} else
+			basename = name;
+	} else
+		basename = conf_def_filename;
+
+	sprintf(newname, "%s.tmpconfig.%d", dirname, getpid());
+	out = fopen(newname, "w");
+	if (!out)
+		return 1;
+	out_h = NULL;
+	if (!name) {
+		out_h = fopen(".tmpconfig.h", "w");
+		if (!out_h)
+			return 1;
+	}
+	fprintf(out, "#\n"
+		     "# Automatically generated make config: don't edit\n"
+		     "#\n");
+	if (out_h) {
+		fprintf(out_h, "/*\n"
+			     " * Automatically generated header file: don't edit\n"
+			     " */\n\n"
+			     "#define AUTOCONF_INCLUDED\n\n"
+			     "/* Version Number */\n"
+			     "#define BB_VER \"%s\"\n"
+			     "#define BB_BT \"%s\"\n",
+			     getenv("VERSION"),
+			     getenv("BUILDTIME"));
+		if (getenv("EXTRA_VERSION"))
+			fprintf(out_h, "#define BB_EXTRA_VERSION \"%s\"\n",
+				     getenv("EXTRA_VERSION"));
+		fprintf(out_h, "\n");
+	}
+
+	if (!sym_change_count)
+		sym_clear_all_valid();
+
+	menu = rootmenu.list;
+	while (menu) {
+		sym = menu->sym;
+		if (!sym) {
+			if (!menu_is_visible(menu))
+				goto next;
+			str = menu_get_prompt(menu);
+			fprintf(out, "\n"
+				     "#\n"
+				     "# %s\n"
+				     "#\n", str);
+			if (out_h)
+				fprintf(out_h, "\n"
+					       "/*\n"
+					       " * %s\n"
+					       " */\n", str);
+		} else if (!(sym->flags & SYMBOL_CHOICE)) {
+			sym_calc_value(sym);
+			if (!(sym->flags & SYMBOL_WRITE) && !output_mode)
+				goto next;
+			sym->flags &= ~SYMBOL_WRITE;
+			type = sym->type;
+			if (type == S_TRISTATE) {
+				sym_calc_value(modules_sym);
+				if (modules_sym->curr.tri == no)
+					type = S_BOOLEAN;
+			}
+			switch (type) {
+			case S_BOOLEAN:
+			case S_TRISTATE:
+				switch (sym_get_tristate_value(sym)) {
+				case no:
+					fprintf(out, "# %s is not set\n", sym->name);
+					if (out_h)
+						fprintf(out_h, "#undef %s\n", sym->name);
+					break;
+				case mod:
+					fprintf(out, "%s=m\n", sym->name);
+#if 0
+					if (out_h)
+						fprintf(out_h, "#define %s_MODULE 1\n", sym->name);
+#endif
+					break;
+				case yes:
+					fprintf(out, "%s=y\n", sym->name);
+					if (out_h)
+						fprintf(out_h, "#define %s 1\n", sym->name);
+					break;
+				}
+				break;
+			case S_STRING:
+				// fix me
+				str = sym_get_string_value(sym);
+				fprintf(out, "%s=\"", sym->name);
+				if (out_h)
+					fprintf(out_h, "#define %s \"", sym->name);
+				do {
+					l = strcspn(str, "\"\\");
+					if (l) {
+						fwrite(str, l, 1, out);
+						if (out_h)
+							fwrite(str, l, 1, out_h);
+					}
+					str += l;
+					while (*str == '\\' || *str == '"') {
+						fprintf(out, "\\%c", *str);
+						if (out_h)
+							fprintf(out_h, "\\%c", *str);
+						str++;
+					}
+				} while (*str);
+				fputs("\"\n", out);
+				if (out_h)
+					fputs("\"\n", out_h);
+				break;
+			case S_HEX:
+				str = sym_get_string_value(sym);
+				if (str[0] != '0' || (str[1] != 'x' && str[1] != 'X')) {
+					fprintf(out, "%s=%s\n", sym->name, str);
+					if (out_h)
+						fprintf(out_h, "#define %s 0x%s\n", sym->name, str);
+					break;
+				}
+			case S_INT:
+				str = sym_get_string_value(sym);
+				fprintf(out, "%s=%s\n", sym->name, str);
+				if (out_h)
+					fprintf(out_h, "#define %s %s\n", sym->name, str);
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+
+	next:
+		if (menu->list) {
+			menu = menu->list;
+			continue;
+		}
+		if (menu->next)
+			menu = menu->next;
+		else while ((menu = menu->parent)) {
+			if (menu->next) {
+				menu = menu->next;
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	fclose(out);
+	if (out_h) {
+		fclose(out_h);
+		rename(".tmpconfig.h", "include/config.h");
+		file_write_dep(NULL);
+	}
+	if (!name || basename != conf_def_filename) {
+		if (!name)
+			name = conf_def_filename;
+		sprintf(tmpname, "%s.old", name);
+		rename(name, tmpname);
+	}
+	sprintf(tmpname, "%s%s", dirname, basename);
+	if (rename(newname, tmpname))
+		return 1;
+
+	sym_change_count = 0;
+
+	return 0;
+}
diff --git a/config/dialog.h b/config/dialog.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6486cc8f7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/config/dialog.h
@@ -0,0 +1,196 @@
+
+/*
+ *  dialog.h -- common declarations for all dialog modules
+ *
+ *  AUTHOR: Savio Lam (lam836@cs.cuhk.hk)
+ *
+ *  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ *  modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ *  as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ *  of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ *  This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ *  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ *  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ *  GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ *  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ *  along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ *  Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#ifdef CURSES_LOC
+#include CURSES_LOC
+
+/*
+ * Colors in ncurses 1.9.9e do not work properly since foreground and
+ * background colors are OR'd rather than separately masked.  This version
+ * of dialog was hacked to work with ncurses 1.9.9e, making it incompatible
+ * with standard curses.  The simplest fix (to make this work with standard
+ * curses) uses the wbkgdset() function, not used in the original hack.
+ * Turn it off if we're building with 1.9.9e, since it just confuses things.
+ */
+#if defined(NCURSES_VERSION) && defined(_NEED_WRAP) && !defined(GCC_PRINTFLIKE)
+#define OLD_NCURSES 1
+#undef  wbkgdset
+#define wbkgdset(w,p) /*nothing*/
+#else
+#define OLD_NCURSES 0
+#endif
+
+#define TR(params) _tracef params
+
+#define ESC 27
+#define TAB 9
+#define MAX_LEN 2048
+#define BUF_SIZE (10*1024)
+#define MIN(x,y) (x < y ? x : y)
+#define MAX(x,y) (x > y ? x : y)
+
+
+#ifndef ACS_ULCORNER
+#define ACS_ULCORNER '+'
+#endif
+#ifndef ACS_LLCORNER
+#define ACS_LLCORNER '+'
+#endif
+#ifndef ACS_URCORNER
+#define ACS_URCORNER '+'
+#endif
+#ifndef ACS_LRCORNER
+#define ACS_LRCORNER '+'
+#endif
+#ifndef ACS_HLINE
+#define ACS_HLINE '-'
+#endif
+#ifndef ACS_VLINE
+#define ACS_VLINE '|'
+#endif
+#ifndef ACS_LTEE
+#define ACS_LTEE '+'
+#endif
+#ifndef ACS_RTEE
+#define ACS_RTEE '+'
+#endif
+#ifndef ACS_UARROW
+#define ACS_UARROW '^'
+#endif
+#ifndef ACS_DARROW
+#define ACS_DARROW 'v'
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Attribute names
+ */
+#define screen_attr                   attributes[0]
+#define shadow_attr                   attributes[1]
+#define dialog_attr                   attributes[2]
+#define title_attr                    attributes[3]
+#define border_attr                   attributes[4]
+#define button_active_attr            attributes[5]
+#define button_inactive_attr          attributes[6]
+#define button_key_active_attr        attributes[7]
+#define button_key_inactive_attr      attributes[8]
+#define button_label_active_attr      attributes[9]
+#define button_label_inactive_attr    attributes[10]
+#define inputbox_attr                 attributes[11]
+#define inputbox_border_attr          attributes[12]
+#define searchbox_attr                attributes[13]
+#define searchbox_title_attr          attributes[14]
+#define searchbox_border_attr         attributes[15]
+#define position_indicator_attr       attributes[16]
+#define menubox_attr                  attributes[17]
+#define menubox_border_attr           attributes[18]
+#define item_attr                     attributes[19]
+#define item_selected_attr            attributes[20]
+#define tag_attr                      attributes[21]
+#define tag_selected_attr             attributes[22]
+#define tag_key_attr                  attributes[23]
+#define tag_key_selected_attr         attributes[24]
+#define check_attr                    attributes[25]
+#define check_selected_attr           attributes[26]
+#define uarrow_attr                   attributes[27]
+#define darrow_attr                   attributes[28]
+
+/* number of attributes */
+#define ATTRIBUTE_COUNT               29
+
+/*
+ * Global variables
+ */
+extern bool use_colors;
+
+extern chtype attributes[];
+#endif
+
+extern char *backtitle;
+
+struct dialog_list_item {
+	char *name;
+	int namelen;
+	char *tag;
+	int selected; /* Set to 1 by dialog_*() function. */
+};
+
+/*
+ * Function prototypes
+ */
+
+void init_dialog (void);
+void end_dialog (void);
+void dialog_clear (void);
+#ifdef CURSES_LOC
+void attr_clear (WINDOW * win, int height, int width, chtype attr);
+void color_setup (void);
+void print_autowrap (WINDOW * win, const char *prompt, int width, int y, int x);
+void print_button (WINDOW * win, const char *label, int y, int x, int selected);
+void draw_box (WINDOW * win, int y, int x, int height, int width, chtype box,
+		chtype border);
+void draw_shadow (WINDOW * win, int y, int x, int height, int width);
+#endif
+
+int first_alpha (const char *string, const char *exempt);
+int dialog_yesno (const char *title, const char *prompt, int height, int width);
+int dialog_msgbox (const char *title, const char *prompt, int height,
+		int width, int pause);
+int dialog_textbox (const char *title, const char *file, int height, int width);
+int dialog_menu (const char *title, const char *prompt, int height, int width,
+		int menu_height, const char *choice, int item_no,
+		struct dialog_list_item ** items);
+int dialog_checklist (const char *title, const char *prompt, int height,
+		int width, int list_height, int item_no,
+		struct dialog_list_item ** items, int flag);
+extern unsigned char dialog_input_result[];
+int dialog_inputbox (const char *title, const char *prompt, int height,
+		int width, const char *init);
+
+struct dialog_list_item *first_sel_item(int item_no,
+		struct dialog_list_item ** items);
+
+/*
+ * This is the base for fictitious keys, which activate
+ * the buttons.
+ *
+ * Mouse-generated keys are the following:
+ *   -- the first 32 are used as numbers, in addition to '0'-'9'
+ *   -- the lowercase are used to signal mouse-enter events (M_EVENT + 'o')
+ *   -- uppercase chars are used to invoke the button (M_EVENT + 'O')
+ */
+#ifdef CURSES_LOC
+#define M_EVENT (KEY_MAX+1)
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+ * The `flag' parameter in checklist is used to select between
+ * radiolist and checklist
+ */
+#define FLAG_CHECK 1
+#define FLAG_RADIO 0
diff --git a/config/expr.c b/config/expr.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..10f45232b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/config/expr.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1089 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2002 Roman Zippel <zippel@linux-m68k.org>
+ * Released under the terms of the GNU GPL v2.0.
+ */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#define LKC_DIRECT_LINK
+#include "lkc.h"
+
+#define DEBUG_EXPR	0
+
+struct expr *expr_alloc_symbol(struct symbol *sym)
+{
+	struct expr *e = malloc(sizeof(*e));
+	memset(e, 0, sizeof(*e));
+	e->type = E_SYMBOL;
+	e->left.sym = sym;
+	return e;
+}
+
+struct expr *expr_alloc_one(enum expr_type type, struct expr *ce)
+{
+	struct expr *e = malloc(sizeof(*e));
+	memset(e, 0, sizeof(*e));
+	e->type = type;
+	e->left.expr = ce;
+	return e;
+}
+
+struct expr *expr_alloc_two(enum expr_type type, struct expr *e1, struct expr *e2)
+{
+	struct expr *e = malloc(sizeof(*e));
+	memset(e, 0, sizeof(*e));
+	e->type = type;
+	e->left.expr = e1;
+	e->right.expr = e2;
+	return e;
+}
+
+struct expr *expr_alloc_comp(enum expr_type type, struct symbol *s1, struct symbol *s2)
+{
+	struct expr *e = malloc(sizeof(*e));
+	memset(e, 0, sizeof(*e));
+	e->type = type;
+	e->left.sym = s1;
+	e->right.sym = s2;
+	return e;
+}
+
+struct expr *expr_alloc_and(struct expr *e1, struct expr *e2)
+{
+	if (!e1)
+		return e2;
+	return e2 ? expr_alloc_two(E_AND, e1, e2) : e1;
+}
+
+struct expr *expr_alloc_or(struct expr *e1, struct expr *e2)
+{
+	if (!e1)
+		return e2;
+	return e2 ? expr_alloc_two(E_OR, e1, e2) : e1;
+}
+
+struct expr *expr_copy(struct expr *org)
+{
+	struct expr *e;
+
+	if (!org)
+		return NULL;
+
+	e = malloc(sizeof(*org));
+	memcpy(e, org, sizeof(*org));
+	switch (org->type) {
+	case E_SYMBOL:
+		e->left = org->left;
+		break;
+	case E_NOT:
+		e->left.expr = expr_copy(org->left.expr);
+		break;
+	case E_EQUAL:
+	case E_UNEQUAL:
+		e->left.sym = org->left.sym;
+		e->right.sym = org->right.sym;
+		break;
+	case E_AND:
+	case E_OR:
+	case E_CHOICE:
+		e->left.expr = expr_copy(org->left.expr);
+		e->right.expr = expr_copy(org->right.expr);
+		break;
+	default:
+		printf("can't copy type %d\n", e->type);
+		free(e);
+		e = NULL;
+		break;
+	}
+
+	return e;
+}
+
+void expr_free(struct expr *e)
+{
+	if (!e)
+		return;
+
+	switch (e->type) {
+	case E_SYMBOL:
+		break;
+	case E_NOT:
+		expr_free(e->left.expr);
+		return;
+	case E_EQUAL:
+	case E_UNEQUAL:
+		break;
+	case E_OR:
+	case E_AND:
+		expr_free(e->left.expr);
+		expr_free(e->right.expr);
+		break;
+	default:
+		printf("how to free type %d?\n", e->type);
+		break;
+	}
+	free(e);
+}
+
+static int trans_count;
+
+#define e1 (*ep1)
+#define e2 (*ep2)
+
+static void __expr_eliminate_eq(enum expr_type type, struct expr **ep1, struct expr **ep2)
+{
+	if (e1->type == type) {
+		__expr_eliminate_eq(type, &e1->left.expr, &e2);
+		__expr_eliminate_eq(type, &e1->right.expr, &e2);
+		return;
+	}
+	if (e2->type == type) {
+		__expr_eliminate_eq(type, &e1, &e2->left.expr);
+		__expr_eliminate_eq(type, &e1, &e2->right.expr);
+		return;
+	}
+	if (e1->type == E_SYMBOL && e2->type == E_SYMBOL &&
+	    e1->left.sym == e2->left.sym && (e1->left.sym->flags & (SYMBOL_YES|SYMBOL_NO)))
+		return;
+	if (!expr_eq(e1, e2))
+		return;
+	trans_count++;
+	expr_free(e1); expr_free(e2);
+	switch (type) {
+	case E_OR:
+		e1 = expr_alloc_symbol(&symbol_no);
+		e2 = expr_alloc_symbol(&symbol_no);
+		break;
+	case E_AND:
+		e1 = expr_alloc_symbol(&symbol_yes);
+		e2 = expr_alloc_symbol(&symbol_yes);
+		break;
+	default:
+		;
+	}
+}
+
+void expr_eliminate_eq(struct expr **ep1, struct expr **ep2)
+{
+	if (!e1 || !e2)
+		return;
+	switch (e1->type) {
+	case E_OR:
+	case E_AND:
+		__expr_eliminate_eq(e1->type, ep1, ep2);
+	default:
+		;
+	}
+	if (e1->type != e2->type) switch (e2->type) {
+	case E_OR:
+	case E_AND:
+		__expr_eliminate_eq(e2->type, ep1, ep2);
+	default:
+		;
+	}
+	e1 = expr_eliminate_yn(e1);
+	e2 = expr_eliminate_yn(e2);
+}
+
+#undef e1
+#undef e2
+
+int expr_eq(struct expr *e1, struct expr *e2)
+{
+	int res, old_count;
+
+	if (e1->type != e2->type)
+		return 0;
+	switch (e1->type) {
+	case E_EQUAL:
+	case E_UNEQUAL:
+		return e1->left.sym == e2->left.sym && e1->right.sym == e2->right.sym;
+	case E_SYMBOL:
+		return e1->left.sym == e2->left.sym;
+	case E_NOT:
+		return expr_eq(e1->left.expr, e2->left.expr);
+	case E_AND:
+	case E_OR:
+		e1 = expr_copy(e1);
+		e2 = expr_copy(e2);
+		old_count = trans_count;
+		expr_eliminate_eq(&e1, &e2);
+		res = (e1->type == E_SYMBOL && e2->type == E_SYMBOL &&
+		       e1->left.sym == e2->left.sym);
+		expr_free(e1);
+		expr_free(e2);
+		trans_count = old_count;
+		return res;
+	case E_CHOICE:
+	case E_RANGE:
+	case E_NONE:
+		/* panic */;
+	}
+
+	if (DEBUG_EXPR) {
+		expr_fprint(e1, stdout);
+		printf(" = ");
+		expr_fprint(e2, stdout);
+		printf(" ?\n");
+	}
+
+	return 0;
+}
+
+struct expr *expr_eliminate_yn(struct expr *e)
+{
+	struct expr *tmp;
+
+	if (e) switch (e->type) {
+	case E_AND:
+		e->left.expr = expr_eliminate_yn(e->left.expr);
+		e->right.expr = expr_eliminate_yn(e->right.expr);
+		if (e->left.expr->type == E_SYMBOL) {
+			if (e->left.expr->left.sym == &symbol_no) {
+				expr_free(e->left.expr);
+				expr_free(e->right.expr);
+				e->type = E_SYMBOL;
+				e->left.sym = &symbol_no;
+				e->right.expr = NULL;
+				return e;
+			} else if (e->left.expr->left.sym == &symbol_yes) {
+				free(e->left.expr);
+				tmp = e->right.expr;
+				*e = *(e->right.expr);
+				free(tmp);
+				return e;
+			}
+		}
+		if (e->right.expr->type == E_SYMBOL) {
+			if (e->right.expr->left.sym == &symbol_no) {
+				expr_free(e->left.expr);
+				expr_free(e->right.expr);
+				e->type = E_SYMBOL;
+				e->left.sym = &symbol_no;
+				e->right.expr = NULL;
+				return e;
+			} else if (e->right.expr->left.sym == &symbol_yes) {
+				free(e->right.expr);
+				tmp = e->left.expr;
+				*e = *(e->left.expr);
+				free(tmp);
+				return e;
+			}
+		}
+		break;
+	case E_OR:
+		e->left.expr = expr_eliminate_yn(e->left.expr);
+		e->right.expr = expr_eliminate_yn(e->right.expr);
+		if (e->left.expr->type == E_SYMBOL) {
+			if (e->left.expr->left.sym == &symbol_no) {
+				free(e->left.expr);
+				tmp = e->right.expr;
+				*e = *(e->right.expr);
+				free(tmp);
+				return e;
+			} else if (e->left.expr->left.sym == &symbol_yes) {
+				expr_free(e->left.expr);
+				expr_free(e->right.expr);
+				e->type = E_SYMBOL;
+				e->left.sym = &symbol_yes;
+				e->right.expr = NULL;
+				return e;
+			}
+		}
+		if (e->right.expr->type == E_SYMBOL) {
+			if (e->right.expr->left.sym == &symbol_no) {
+				free(e->right.expr);
+				tmp = e->left.expr;
+				*e = *(e->left.expr);
+				free(tmp);
+				return e;
+			} else if (e->right.expr->left.sym == &symbol_yes) {
+				expr_free(e->left.expr);
+				expr_free(e->right.expr);
+				e->type = E_SYMBOL;
+				e->left.sym = &symbol_yes;
+				e->right.expr = NULL;
+				return e;
+			}
+		}
+		break;
+	default:
+		;
+	}
+	return e;
+}
+
+/*
+ * bool FOO!=n => FOO
+ */
+struct expr *expr_trans_bool(struct expr *e)
+{
+	if (!e)
+		return NULL;
+	switch (e->type) {
+	case E_AND:
+	case E_OR:
+	case E_NOT:
+		e->left.expr = expr_trans_bool(e->left.expr);
+		e->right.expr = expr_trans_bool(e->right.expr);
+		break;
+	case E_UNEQUAL:
+		// FOO!=n -> FOO
+		if (e->left.sym->type == S_TRISTATE) {
+			if (e->right.sym == &symbol_no) {
+				e->type = E_SYMBOL;
+				e->right.sym = NULL;
+			}
+		}
+		break;
+	default:
+		;
+	}
+	return e;
+}
+
+/*
+ * e1 || e2 -> ?
+ */
+struct expr *expr_join_or(struct expr *e1, struct expr *e2)
+{
+	struct expr *tmp;
+	struct symbol *sym1, *sym2;
+
+	if (expr_eq(e1, e2))
+		return expr_copy(e1);
+	if (e1->type != E_EQUAL && e1->type != E_UNEQUAL && e1->type != E_SYMBOL && e1->type != E_NOT)
+		return NULL;
+	if (e2->type != E_EQUAL && e2->type != E_UNEQUAL && e2->type != E_SYMBOL && e2->type != E_NOT)
+		return NULL;
+	if (e1->type == E_NOT) {
+		tmp = e1->left.expr;
+		if (tmp->type != E_EQUAL && tmp->type != E_UNEQUAL && tmp->type != E_SYMBOL)
+			return NULL;
+		sym1 = tmp->left.sym;
+	} else
+		sym1 = e1->left.sym;
+	if (e2->type == E_NOT) {
+		if (e2->left.expr->type != E_SYMBOL)
+			return NULL;
+		sym2 = e2->left.expr->left.sym;
+	} else
+		sym2 = e2->left.sym;
+	if (sym1 != sym2)
+		return NULL;
+	if (sym1->type != S_BOOLEAN && sym1->type != S_TRISTATE)
+		return NULL;
+	if (sym1->type == S_TRISTATE) {
+		if (e1->type == E_EQUAL && e2->type == E_EQUAL &&
+		    ((e1->right.sym == &symbol_yes && e2->right.sym == &symbol_mod) ||
+		     (e1->right.sym == &symbol_mod && e2->right.sym == &symbol_yes))) {
+			// (a='y') || (a='m') -> (a!='n')
+			return expr_alloc_comp(E_UNEQUAL, sym1, &symbol_no);
+		}
+		if (e1->type == E_EQUAL && e2->type == E_EQUAL &&
+		    ((e1->right.sym == &symbol_yes && e2->right.sym == &symbol_no) ||
+		     (e1->right.sym == &symbol_no && e2->right.sym == &symbol_yes))) {
+			// (a='y') || (a='n') -> (a!='m')
+			return expr_alloc_comp(E_UNEQUAL, sym1, &symbol_mod);
+		}
+		if (e1->type == E_EQUAL && e2->type == E_EQUAL &&
+		    ((e1->right.sym == &symbol_mod && e2->right.sym == &symbol_no) ||
+		     (e1->right.sym == &symbol_no && e2->right.sym == &symbol_mod))) {
+			// (a='m') || (a='n') -> (a!='y')
+			return expr_alloc_comp(E_UNEQUAL, sym1, &symbol_yes);
+		}
+	}
+	if (sym1->type == S_BOOLEAN && sym1 == sym2) {
+		if ((e1->type == E_NOT && e1->left.expr->type == E_SYMBOL && e2->type == E_SYMBOL) ||
+		    (e2->type == E_NOT && e2->left.expr->type == E_SYMBOL && e1->type == E_SYMBOL))
+			return expr_alloc_symbol(&symbol_yes);
+	}
+
+	if (DEBUG_EXPR) {
+		printf("optimize (");
+		expr_fprint(e1, stdout);
+		printf(") || (");
+		expr_fprint(e2, stdout);
+		printf(")?\n");
+	}
+	return NULL;
+}
+
+struct expr *expr_join_and(struct expr *e1, struct expr *e2)
+{
+	struct expr *tmp;
+	struct symbol *sym1, *sym2;
+
+	if (expr_eq(e1, e2))
+		return expr_copy(e1);
+	if (e1->type != E_EQUAL && e1->type != E_UNEQUAL && e1->type != E_SYMBOL && e1->type != E_NOT)
+		return NULL;
+	if (e2->type != E_EQUAL && e2->type != E_UNEQUAL && e2->type != E_SYMBOL && e2->type != E_NOT)
+		return NULL;
+	if (e1->type == E_NOT) {
+		tmp = e1->left.expr;
+		if (tmp->type != E_EQUAL && tmp->type != E_UNEQUAL && tmp->type != E_SYMBOL)
+			return NULL;
+		sym1 = tmp->left.sym;
+	} else
+		sym1 = e1->left.sym;
+	if (e2->type == E_NOT) {
+		if (e2->left.expr->type != E_SYMBOL)
+			return NULL;
+		sym2 = e2->left.expr->left.sym;
+	} else
+		sym2 = e2->left.sym;
+	if (sym1 != sym2)
+		return NULL;
+	if (sym1->type != S_BOOLEAN && sym1->type != S_TRISTATE)
+		return NULL;
+
+	if ((e1->type == E_SYMBOL && e2->type == E_EQUAL && e2->right.sym == &symbol_yes) ||
+	    (e2->type == E_SYMBOL && e1->type == E_EQUAL && e1->right.sym == &symbol_yes))
+		// (a) && (a='y') -> (a='y')
+		return expr_alloc_comp(E_EQUAL, sym1, &symbol_yes);
+
+	if ((e1->type == E_SYMBOL && e2->type == E_UNEQUAL && e2->right.sym == &symbol_no) ||
+	    (e2->type == E_SYMBOL && e1->type == E_UNEQUAL && e1->right.sym == &symbol_no))
+		// (a) && (a!='n') -> (a)
+		return expr_alloc_symbol(sym1);
+
+	if ((e1->type == E_SYMBOL && e2->type == E_UNEQUAL && e2->right.sym == &symbol_mod) ||
+	    (e2->type == E_SYMBOL && e1->type == E_UNEQUAL && e1->right.sym == &symbol_mod))
+		// (a) && (a!='m') -> (a='y')
+		return expr_alloc_comp(E_EQUAL, sym1, &symbol_yes);
+
+	if (sym1->type == S_TRISTATE) {
+		if (e1->type == E_EQUAL && e2->type == E_UNEQUAL) {
+			// (a='b') && (a!='c') -> 'b'='c' ? 'n' : a='b'
+			sym2 = e1->right.sym;
+			if ((e2->right.sym->flags & SYMBOL_CONST) && (sym2->flags & SYMBOL_CONST))
+				return sym2 != e2->right.sym ? expr_alloc_comp(E_EQUAL, sym1, sym2)
+							     : expr_alloc_symbol(&symbol_no);
+		}
+		if (e1->type == E_UNEQUAL && e2->type == E_EQUAL) {
+			// (a='b') && (a!='c') -> 'b'='c' ? 'n' : a='b'
+			sym2 = e2->right.sym;
+			if ((e1->right.sym->flags & SYMBOL_CONST) && (sym2->flags & SYMBOL_CONST))
+				return sym2 != e1->right.sym ? expr_alloc_comp(E_EQUAL, sym1, sym2)
+							     : expr_alloc_symbol(&symbol_no);
+		}
+		if (e1->type == E_UNEQUAL && e2->type == E_UNEQUAL &&
+			   ((e1->right.sym == &symbol_yes && e2->right.sym == &symbol_no) ||
+			    (e1->right.sym == &symbol_no && e2->right.sym == &symbol_yes)))
+			// (a!='y') && (a!='n') -> (a='m')
+			return expr_alloc_comp(E_EQUAL, sym1, &symbol_mod);
+
+		if (e1->type == E_UNEQUAL && e2->type == E_UNEQUAL &&
+			   ((e1->right.sym == &symbol_yes && e2->right.sym == &symbol_mod) ||
+			    (e1->right.sym == &symbol_mod && e2->right.sym == &symbol_yes)))
+			// (a!='y') && (a!='m') -> (a='n')
+			return expr_alloc_comp(E_EQUAL, sym1, &symbol_no);
+
+		if (e1->type == E_UNEQUAL && e2->type == E_UNEQUAL &&
+			   ((e1->right.sym == &symbol_mod && e2->right.sym == &symbol_no) ||
+			    (e1->right.sym == &symbol_no && e2->right.sym == &symbol_mod)))
+			// (a!='m') && (a!='n') -> (a='m')
+			return expr_alloc_comp(E_EQUAL, sym1, &symbol_yes);
+
+		if ((e1->type == E_SYMBOL && e2->type == E_EQUAL && e2->right.sym == &symbol_mod) ||
+		    (e2->type == E_SYMBOL && e1->type == E_EQUAL && e1->right.sym == &symbol_mod) ||
+		    (e1->type == E_SYMBOL && e2->type == E_UNEQUAL && e2->right.sym == &symbol_yes) ||
+		    (e2->type == E_SYMBOL && e1->type == E_UNEQUAL && e1->right.sym == &symbol_yes))
+			return NULL;
+	}
+
+	if (DEBUG_EXPR) {
+		printf("optimize (");
+		expr_fprint(e1, stdout);
+		printf(") && (");
+		expr_fprint(e2, stdout);
+		printf(")?\n");
+	}
+	return NULL;
+}
+
+static void expr_eliminate_dups1(enum expr_type type, struct expr **ep1, struct expr **ep2)
+{
+#define e1 (*ep1)
+#define e2 (*ep2)
+	struct expr *tmp;
+
+	if (e1->type == type) {
+		expr_eliminate_dups1(type, &e1->left.expr, &e2);
+		expr_eliminate_dups1(type, &e1->right.expr, &e2);
+		return;
+	}
+	if (e2->type == type) {
+		expr_eliminate_dups1(type, &e1, &e2->left.expr);
+		expr_eliminate_dups1(type, &e1, &e2->right.expr);
+		return;
+	}
+	if (e1 == e2)
+		return;
+
+	switch (e1->type) {
+	case E_OR: case E_AND:
+		expr_eliminate_dups1(e1->type, &e1, &e1);
+	default:
+		;
+	}
+
+	switch (type) {
+	case E_OR:
+		tmp = expr_join_or(e1, e2);
+		if (tmp) {
+			expr_free(e1); expr_free(e2);
+			e1 = expr_alloc_symbol(&symbol_no);
+			e2 = tmp;
+			trans_count++;
+		}
+		break;
+	case E_AND:
+		tmp = expr_join_and(e1, e2);
+		if (tmp) {
+			expr_free(e1); expr_free(e2);
+			e1 = expr_alloc_symbol(&symbol_yes);
+			e2 = tmp;
+			trans_count++;
+		}
+		break;
+	default:
+		;
+	}
+#undef e1
+#undef e2
+}
+
+static void expr_eliminate_dups2(enum expr_type type, struct expr **ep1, struct expr **ep2)
+{
+#define e1 (*ep1)
+#define e2 (*ep2)
+	struct expr *tmp, *tmp1, *tmp2;
+
+	if (e1->type == type) {
+		expr_eliminate_dups2(type, &e1->left.expr, &e2);
+		expr_eliminate_dups2(type, &e1->right.expr, &e2);
+		return;
+	}
+	if (e2->type == type) {
+		expr_eliminate_dups2(type, &e1, &e2->left.expr);
+		expr_eliminate_dups2(type, &e1, &e2->right.expr);
+	}
+	if (e1 == e2)
+		return;
+
+	switch (e1->type) {
+	case E_OR:
+		expr_eliminate_dups2(e1->type, &e1, &e1);
+		// (FOO || BAR) && (!FOO && !BAR) -> n
+		tmp1 = expr_transform(expr_alloc_one(E_NOT, expr_copy(e1)));
+		tmp2 = expr_copy(e2);
+		tmp = expr_extract_eq_and(&tmp1, &tmp2);
+		if (expr_is_yes(tmp1)) {
+			expr_free(e1);
+			e1 = expr_alloc_symbol(&symbol_no);
+			trans_count++;
+		}
+		expr_free(tmp2);
+		expr_free(tmp1);
+		expr_free(tmp);
+		break;
+	case E_AND:
+		expr_eliminate_dups2(e1->type, &e1, &e1);
+		// (FOO && BAR) || (!FOO || !BAR) -> y
+		tmp1 = expr_transform(expr_alloc_one(E_NOT, expr_copy(e1)));
+		tmp2 = expr_copy(e2);
+		tmp = expr_extract_eq_or(&tmp1, &tmp2);
+		if (expr_is_no(tmp1)) {
+			expr_free(e1);
+			e1 = expr_alloc_symbol(&symbol_yes);
+			trans_count++;
+		}
+		expr_free(tmp2);
+		expr_free(tmp1);
+		expr_free(tmp);
+		break;
+	default:
+		;
+	}
+#undef e1
+#undef e2
+}
+
+struct expr *expr_eliminate_dups(struct expr *e)
+{
+	int oldcount;
+	if (!e)
+		return e;
+
+	oldcount = trans_count;
+	while (1) {
+		trans_count = 0;
+		switch (e->type) {
+		case E_OR: case E_AND:
+			expr_eliminate_dups1(e->type, &e, &e);
+			expr_eliminate_dups2(e->type, &e, &e);
+		default:
+			;
+		}
+		if (!trans_count)
+			break;
+		e = expr_eliminate_yn(e);
+	}
+	trans_count = oldcount;
+	return e;
+}
+
+struct expr *expr_transform(struct expr *e)
+{
+	struct expr *tmp;
+
+	if (!e)
+		return NULL;
+	switch (e->type) {
+	case E_EQUAL:
+	case E_UNEQUAL:
+	case E_SYMBOL:
+	case E_CHOICE:
+		break;
+	default:
+		e->left.expr = expr_transform(e->left.expr);
+		e->right.expr = expr_transform(e->right.expr);
+	}
+
+	switch (e->type) {
+	case E_EQUAL:
+		if (e->left.sym->type != S_BOOLEAN)
+			break;
+		if (e->right.sym == &symbol_no) {
+			e->type = E_NOT;
+			e->left.expr = expr_alloc_symbol(e->left.sym);
+			e->right.sym = NULL;
+			break;
+		}
+		if (e->right.sym == &symbol_mod) {
+			printf("boolean symbol %s tested for 'm'? test forced to 'n'\n", e->left.sym->name);
+			e->type = E_SYMBOL;
+			e->left.sym = &symbol_no;
+			e->right.sym = NULL;
+			break;
+		}
+		if (e->right.sym == &symbol_yes) {
+			e->type = E_SYMBOL;
+			e->right.sym = NULL;
+			break;
+		}
+		break;
+	case E_UNEQUAL:
+		if (e->left.sym->type != S_BOOLEAN)
+			break;
+		if (e->right.sym == &symbol_no) {
+			e->type = E_SYMBOL;
+			e->right.sym = NULL;
+			break;
+		}
+		if (e->right.sym == &symbol_mod) {
+			printf("boolean symbol %s tested for 'm'? test forced to 'y'\n", e->left.sym->name);
+			e->type = E_SYMBOL;
+			e->left.sym = &symbol_yes;
+			e->right.sym = NULL;
+			break;
+		}
+		if (e->right.sym == &symbol_yes) {
+			e->type = E_NOT;
+			e->left.expr = expr_alloc_symbol(e->left.sym);
+			e->right.sym = NULL;
+			break;
+		}
+		break;
+	case E_NOT:
+		switch (e->left.expr->type) {
+		case E_NOT:
+			// !!a -> a
+			tmp = e->left.expr->left.expr;
+			free(e->left.expr);
+			free(e);
+			e = tmp;
+			e = expr_transform(e);
+			break;
+		case E_EQUAL:
+		case E_UNEQUAL:
+			// !a='x' -> a!='x'
+			tmp = e->left.expr;
+			free(e);
+			e = tmp;
+			e->type = e->type == E_EQUAL ? E_UNEQUAL : E_EQUAL;
+			break;
+		case E_OR:
+			// !(a || b) -> !a && !b
+			tmp = e->left.expr;
+			e->type = E_AND;
+			e->right.expr = expr_alloc_one(E_NOT, tmp->right.expr);
+			tmp->type = E_NOT;
+			tmp->right.expr = NULL;
+			e = expr_transform(e);
+			break;
+		case E_AND:
+			// !(a && b) -> !a || !b
+			tmp = e->left.expr;
+			e->type = E_OR;
+			e->right.expr = expr_alloc_one(E_NOT, tmp->right.expr);
+			tmp->type = E_NOT;
+			tmp->right.expr = NULL;
+			e = expr_transform(e);
+			break;
+		case E_SYMBOL:
+			if (e->left.expr->left.sym == &symbol_yes) {
+				// !'y' -> 'n'
+				tmp = e->left.expr;
+				free(e);
+				e = tmp;
+				e->type = E_SYMBOL;
+				e->left.sym = &symbol_no;
+				break;
+			}
+			if (e->left.expr->left.sym == &symbol_mod) {
+				// !'m' -> 'm'
+				tmp = e->left.expr;
+				free(e);
+				e = tmp;
+				e->type = E_SYMBOL;
+				e->left.sym = &symbol_mod;
+				break;
+			}
+			if (e->left.expr->left.sym == &symbol_no) {
+				// !'n' -> 'y'
+				tmp = e->left.expr;
+				free(e);
+				e = tmp;
+				e->type = E_SYMBOL;
+				e->left.sym = &symbol_yes;
+				break;
+			}
+			break;
+		default:
+			;
+		}
+		break;
+	default:
+		;
+	}
+	return e;
+}
+
+int expr_contains_symbol(struct expr *dep, struct symbol *sym)
+{
+	if (!dep)
+		return 0;
+
+	switch (dep->type) {
+	case E_AND:
+	case E_OR:
+		return expr_contains_symbol(dep->left.expr, sym) ||
+		       expr_contains_symbol(dep->right.expr, sym);
+	case E_SYMBOL:
+		return dep->left.sym == sym;
+	case E_EQUAL:
+	case E_UNEQUAL:
+		return dep->left.sym == sym ||
+		       dep->right.sym == sym;
+	case E_NOT:
+		return expr_contains_symbol(dep->left.expr, sym);
+	default:
+		;
+	}
+	return 0;
+}
+
+bool expr_depends_symbol(struct expr *dep, struct symbol *sym)
+{
+	if (!dep)
+		return false;
+
+	switch (dep->type) {
+	case E_AND:
+		return expr_depends_symbol(dep->left.expr, sym) ||
+		       expr_depends_symbol(dep->right.expr, sym);
+	case E_SYMBOL:
+		return dep->left.sym == sym;
+	case E_EQUAL:
+		if (dep->left.sym == sym) {
+			if (dep->right.sym == &symbol_yes || dep->right.sym == &symbol_mod)
+				return true;
+		}
+		break;
+	case E_UNEQUAL:
+		if (dep->left.sym == sym) {
+			if (dep->right.sym == &symbol_no)
+				return true;
+		}
+		break;
+	default:
+		;
+	}
+ 	return false;
+}
+
+struct expr *expr_extract_eq_and(struct expr **ep1, struct expr **ep2)
+{
+	struct expr *tmp = NULL;
+	expr_extract_eq(E_AND, &tmp, ep1, ep2);
+	if (tmp) {
+		*ep1 = expr_eliminate_yn(*ep1);
+		*ep2 = expr_eliminate_yn(*ep2);
+	}
+	return tmp;
+}
+
+struct expr *expr_extract_eq_or(struct expr **ep1, struct expr **ep2)
+{
+	struct expr *tmp = NULL;
+	expr_extract_eq(E_OR, &tmp, ep1, ep2);
+	if (tmp) {
+		*ep1 = expr_eliminate_yn(*ep1);
+		*ep2 = expr_eliminate_yn(*ep2);
+	}
+	return tmp;
+}
+
+void expr_extract_eq(enum expr_type type, struct expr **ep, struct expr **ep1, struct expr **ep2)
+{
+#define e1 (*ep1)
+#define e2 (*ep2)
+	if (e1->type == type) {
+		expr_extract_eq(type, ep, &e1->left.expr, &e2);
+		expr_extract_eq(type, ep, &e1->right.expr, &e2);
+		return;
+	}
+	if (e2->type == type) {
+		expr_extract_eq(type, ep, ep1, &e2->left.expr);
+		expr_extract_eq(type, ep, ep1, &e2->right.expr);
+		return;
+	}
+	if (expr_eq(e1, e2)) {
+		*ep = *ep ? expr_alloc_two(type, *ep, e1) : e1;
+		expr_free(e2);
+		if (type == E_AND) {
+			e1 = expr_alloc_symbol(&symbol_yes);
+			e2 = expr_alloc_symbol(&symbol_yes);
+		} else if (type == E_OR) {
+			e1 = expr_alloc_symbol(&symbol_no);
+			e2 = expr_alloc_symbol(&symbol_no);
+		}
+	}
+#undef e1
+#undef e2
+}
+
+struct expr *expr_trans_compare(struct expr *e, enum expr_type type, struct symbol *sym)
+{
+	struct expr *e1, *e2;
+
+	if (!e) {
+		e = expr_alloc_symbol(sym);
+		if (type == E_UNEQUAL)
+			e = expr_alloc_one(E_NOT, e);
+		return e;
+	}
+	switch (e->type) {
+	case E_AND:
+		e1 = expr_trans_compare(e->left.expr, E_EQUAL, sym);
+		e2 = expr_trans_compare(e->right.expr, E_EQUAL, sym);
+		if (sym == &symbol_yes)
+			e = expr_alloc_two(E_AND, e1, e2);
+		if (sym == &symbol_no)
+			e = expr_alloc_two(E_OR, e1, e2);
+		if (type == E_UNEQUAL)
+			e = expr_alloc_one(E_NOT, e);
+		return e;
+	case E_OR:
+		e1 = expr_trans_compare(e->left.expr, E_EQUAL, sym);
+		e2 = expr_trans_compare(e->right.expr, E_EQUAL, sym);
+		if (sym == &symbol_yes)
+			e = expr_alloc_two(E_OR, e1, e2);
+		if (sym == &symbol_no)
+			e = expr_alloc_two(E_AND, e1, e2);
+		if (type == E_UNEQUAL)
+			e = expr_alloc_one(E_NOT, e);
+		return e;
+	case E_NOT:
+		return expr_trans_compare(e->left.expr, type == E_EQUAL ? E_UNEQUAL : E_EQUAL, sym);
+	case E_UNEQUAL:
+	case E_EQUAL:
+		if (type == E_EQUAL) {
+			if (sym == &symbol_yes)
+				return expr_copy(e);
+			if (sym == &symbol_mod)
+				return expr_alloc_symbol(&symbol_no);
+			if (sym == &symbol_no)
+				return expr_alloc_one(E_NOT, expr_copy(e));
+		} else {
+			if (sym == &symbol_yes)
+				return expr_alloc_one(E_NOT, expr_copy(e));
+			if (sym == &symbol_mod)
+				return expr_alloc_symbol(&symbol_yes);
+			if (sym == &symbol_no)
+				return expr_copy(e);
+		}
+		break;
+	case E_SYMBOL:
+		return expr_alloc_comp(type, e->left.sym, sym);
+	case E_CHOICE:
+	case E_RANGE:
+	case E_NONE:
+		/* panic */;
+	}
+	return NULL;
+}
+
+tristate expr_calc_value(struct expr *e)
+{
+	tristate val1, val2;
+	const char *str1, *str2;
+
+	if (!e)
+		return yes;
+
+	switch (e->type) {
+	case E_SYMBOL:
+		sym_calc_value(e->left.sym);
+		return e->left.sym->curr.tri;
+	case E_AND:
+		val1 = expr_calc_value(e->left.expr);
+		val2 = expr_calc_value(e->right.expr);
+		return E_AND(val1, val2);
+	case E_OR:
+		val1 = expr_calc_value(e->left.expr);
+		val2 = expr_calc_value(e->right.expr);
+		return E_OR(val1, val2);
+	case E_NOT:
+		val1 = expr_calc_value(e->left.expr);
+		return E_NOT(val1);
+	case E_EQUAL:
+		sym_calc_value(e->left.sym);
+		sym_calc_value(e->right.sym);
+		str1 = sym_get_string_value(e->left.sym);
+		str2 = sym_get_string_value(e->right.sym);
+		return !strcmp(str1, str2) ? yes : no;
+	case E_UNEQUAL:
+		sym_calc_value(e->left.sym);
+		sym_calc_value(e->right.sym);
+		str1 = sym_get_string_value(e->left.sym);
+		str2 = sym_get_string_value(e->right.sym);
+		return !strcmp(str1, str2) ? no : yes;
+	default:
+		printf("expr_calc_value: %d?\n", e->type);
+		return no;
+	}
+}
+
+int expr_compare_type(enum expr_type t1, enum expr_type t2)
+{
+#if 0
+	return 1;
+#else
+	if (t1 == t2)
+		return 0;
+	switch (t1) {
+	case E_EQUAL:
+	case E_UNEQUAL:
+		if (t2 == E_NOT)
+			return 1;
+	case E_NOT:
+		if (t2 == E_AND)
+			return 1;
+	case E_AND:
+		if (t2 == E_OR)
+			return 1;
+	case E_OR:
+		if (t2 == E_CHOICE)
+			return 1;
+	case E_CHOICE:
+		if (t2 == 0)
+			return 1;
+	default:
+		return -1;
+	}
+	printf("[%dgt%d?]", t1, t2);
+	return 0;
+#endif
+}
+
+void expr_print(struct expr *e, void (*fn)(void *, const char *), void *data, int prevtoken)
+{
+	if (!e) {
+		fn(data, "y");
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if (expr_compare_type(prevtoken, e->type) > 0)
+		fn(data, "(");
+	switch (e->type) {
+	case E_SYMBOL:
+		if (e->left.sym->name)
+			fn(data, e->left.sym->name);
+		else
+			fn(data, "<choice>");
+		break;
+	case E_NOT:
+		fn(data, "!");
+		expr_print(e->left.expr, fn, data, E_NOT);
+		break;
+	case E_EQUAL:
+		fn(data, e->left.sym->name);
+		fn(data, "=");
+		fn(data, e->right.sym->name);
+		break;
+	case E_UNEQUAL:
+		fn(data, e->left.sym->name);
+		fn(data, "!=");
+		fn(data, e->right.sym->name);
+		break;
+	case E_OR:
+		expr_print(e->left.expr, fn, data, E_OR);
+		fn(data, " || ");
+		expr_print(e->right.expr, fn, data, E_OR);
+		break;
+	case E_AND:
+		expr_print(e->left.expr, fn, data, E_AND);
+		fn(data, " && ");
+		expr_print(e->right.expr, fn, data, E_AND);
+		break;
+	case E_CHOICE:
+		fn(data, e->right.sym->name);
+		if (e->left.expr) {
+			fn(data, " ^ ");
+			expr_print(e->left.expr, fn, data, E_CHOICE);
+		}
+		break;
+	case E_RANGE:
+		fn(data, "[");
+		fn(data, e->left.sym->name);
+		fn(data, " ");
+		fn(data, e->right.sym->name);
+		fn(data, "]");
+		break;
+	default:
+	  {
+		char buf[32];
+		sprintf(buf, "<unknown type %d>", e->type);
+		fn(data, buf);
+		break;
+	  }
+	}
+	if (expr_compare_type(prevtoken, e->type) > 0)
+		fn(data, ")");
+}
+
+static void expr_print_file_helper(void *data, const char *str)
+{
+	fwrite(str, strlen(str), 1, data);
+}
+
+void expr_fprint(struct expr *e, FILE *out)
+{
+	expr_print(e, expr_print_file_helper, out, E_NONE);
+}
diff --git a/config/expr.h b/config/expr.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3010013b2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/config/expr.h
@@ -0,0 +1,194 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2002 Roman Zippel <zippel@linux-m68k.org>
+ * Released under the terms of the GNU GPL v2.0.
+ */
+
+#ifndef EXPR_H
+#define EXPR_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#ifndef __cplusplus
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#endif
+
+struct file {
+	struct file *next;
+	struct file *parent;
+	char *name;
+	int lineno;
+	int flags;
+};
+
+#define FILE_BUSY		0x0001
+#define FILE_SCANNED		0x0002
+#define FILE_PRINTED		0x0004
+
+typedef enum tristate {
+	no, mod, yes
+} tristate;
+
+enum expr_type {
+	E_NONE, E_OR, E_AND, E_NOT, E_EQUAL, E_UNEQUAL, E_CHOICE, E_SYMBOL, E_RANGE
+};
+
+union expr_data {
+	struct expr *expr;
+	struct symbol *sym;
+};
+
+struct expr {
+	enum expr_type type;
+	union expr_data left, right;
+};
+
+#define E_OR(dep1, dep2)	(((dep1)>(dep2))?(dep1):(dep2))
+#define E_AND(dep1, dep2)	(((dep1)<(dep2))?(dep1):(dep2))
+#define E_NOT(dep)		(2-(dep))
+
+struct expr_value {
+	struct expr *expr;
+	tristate tri;
+};
+
+struct symbol_value {
+	void *val;
+	tristate tri;
+};
+
+enum symbol_type {
+	S_UNKNOWN, S_BOOLEAN, S_TRISTATE, S_INT, S_HEX, S_STRING, S_OTHER
+};
+
+struct symbol {
+	struct symbol *next;
+	char *name;
+	char *help;
+	enum symbol_type type;
+	struct symbol_value curr, user;
+	tristate visible;
+	int flags;
+	struct property *prop;
+	struct expr *dep, *dep2;
+	struct expr_value rev_dep;
+	struct expr_value rev_dep_inv;
+};
+
+#define for_all_symbols(i, sym) for (i = 0; i < 257; i++) for (sym = symbol_hash[i]; sym; sym = sym->next) if (sym->type != S_OTHER)
+
+#define SYMBOL_YES		0x0001
+#define SYMBOL_MOD		0x0002
+#define SYMBOL_NO		0x0004
+#define SYMBOL_CONST		0x0007
+#define SYMBOL_CHECK		0x0008
+#define SYMBOL_CHOICE		0x0010
+#define SYMBOL_CHOICEVAL	0x0020
+#define SYMBOL_PRINTED		0x0040
+#define SYMBOL_VALID		0x0080
+#define SYMBOL_OPTIONAL		0x0100
+#define SYMBOL_WRITE		0x0200
+#define SYMBOL_CHANGED		0x0400
+#define SYMBOL_NEW		0x0800
+#define SYMBOL_AUTO		0x1000
+#define SYMBOL_CHECKED		0x2000
+#define SYMBOL_CHECK_DONE	0x4000
+#define SYMBOL_WARNED		0x8000
+
+#define SYMBOL_MAXLENGTH	256
+#define SYMBOL_HASHSIZE		257
+#define SYMBOL_HASHMASK		0xff
+
+enum prop_type {
+	P_UNKNOWN, P_PROMPT, P_COMMENT, P_MENU, P_DEFAULT, P_CHOICE, P_SELECT, P_SELECTNOT, P_RANGE
+};
+
+struct property {
+	struct property *next;
+	struct symbol *sym;
+	enum prop_type type;
+	const char *text;
+	struct expr_value visible;
+	struct expr *expr;
+	struct menu *menu;
+	struct file *file;
+	int lineno;
+};
+
+#define for_all_properties(sym, st, tok) \
+	for (st = sym->prop; st; st = st->next) \
+		if (st->type == (tok))
+#define for_all_defaults(sym, st) for_all_properties(sym, st, P_DEFAULT)
+#define for_all_choices(sym, st) for_all_properties(sym, st, P_CHOICE)
+#define for_all_prompts(sym, st) \
+	for (st = sym->prop; st; st = st->next) \
+		if (st->text)
+
+struct menu {
+	struct menu *next;
+	struct menu *parent;
+	struct menu *list;
+	struct symbol *sym;
+	struct property *prompt;
+	struct expr *dep;
+	unsigned int flags;
+	//char *help;
+	struct file *file;
+	int lineno;
+	void *data;
+};
+
+#define MENU_CHANGED		0x0001
+#define MENU_ROOT		0x0002
+
+#ifndef SWIG
+
+extern struct file *file_list;
+extern struct file *current_file;
+struct file *lookup_file(const char *name);
+
+extern struct symbol symbol_yes, symbol_no, symbol_mod;
+extern struct symbol *modules_sym;
+extern int cdebug;
+struct expr *expr_alloc_symbol(struct symbol *sym);
+struct expr *expr_alloc_one(enum expr_type type, struct expr *ce);
+struct expr *expr_alloc_two(enum expr_type type, struct expr *e1, struct expr *e2);
+struct expr *expr_alloc_comp(enum expr_type type, struct symbol *s1, struct symbol *s2);
+struct expr *expr_alloc_and(struct expr *e1, struct expr *e2);
+struct expr *expr_alloc_or(struct expr *e1, struct expr *e2);
+struct expr *expr_copy(struct expr *org);
+void expr_free(struct expr *e);
+int expr_eq(struct expr *e1, struct expr *e2);
+void expr_eliminate_eq(struct expr **ep1, struct expr **ep2);
+tristate expr_calc_value(struct expr *e);
+struct expr *expr_eliminate_yn(struct expr *e);
+struct expr *expr_trans_bool(struct expr *e);
+struct expr *expr_eliminate_dups(struct expr *e);
+struct expr *expr_transform(struct expr *e);
+int expr_contains_symbol(struct expr *dep, struct symbol *sym);
+bool expr_depends_symbol(struct expr *dep, struct symbol *sym);
+struct expr *expr_extract_eq_and(struct expr **ep1, struct expr **ep2);
+struct expr *expr_extract_eq_or(struct expr **ep1, struct expr **ep2);
+void expr_extract_eq(enum expr_type type, struct expr **ep, struct expr **ep1, struct expr **ep2);
+struct expr *expr_trans_compare(struct expr *e, enum expr_type type, struct symbol *sym);
+
+void expr_fprint(struct expr *e, FILE *out);
+
+static inline int expr_is_yes(struct expr *e)
+{
+	return !e || (e->type == E_SYMBOL && e->left.sym == &symbol_yes);
+}
+
+static inline int expr_is_no(struct expr *e)
+{
+	return e && (e->type == E_SYMBOL && e->left.sym == &symbol_no);
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* EXPR_H */
diff --git a/config/glob.c b/config/glob.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b8928b1b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/config/glob.c
@@ -0,0 +1,848 @@
+/*	$OpenBSD: glob.c,v 1.25 2005/08/08 08:05:34 espie Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Guido van Rossum.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * glob(3) -- a superset of the one defined in POSIX 1003.2.
+ *
+ * The [!...] convention to negate a range is supported (SysV, Posix, ksh).
+ *
+ * Optional extra services, controlled by flags not defined by POSIX:
+ *
+ * GLOB_QUOTE:
+ *	Escaping convention: \ inhibits any special meaning the following
+ *	character might have (except \ at end of string is retained).
+ * GLOB_MAGCHAR:
+ *	Set in gl_flags if pattern contained a globbing character.
+ * GLOB_NOMAGIC:
+ *	Same as GLOB_NOCHECK, but it will only append pattern if it did
+ *	not contain any magic characters.  [Used in csh style globbing]
+ * GLOB_ALTDIRFUNC:
+ *	Use alternately specified directory access functions.
+ * GLOB_TILDE:
+ *	expand ~user/foo to the /home/dir/of/user/foo
+ * GLOB_BRACE:
+ *	expand {1,2}{a,b} to 1a 1b 2a 2b
+ * gl_matchc:
+ *	Number of matches in the current invocation of glob.
+ */
+
+#ifdef __APPLE__
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <dirent.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <glob.h>
+#include <pwd.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#define	DOLLAR		'$'
+#define	DOT		'.'
+#define	EOS		'\0'
+#define	LBRACKET	'['
+#define	NOT		'!'
+#define	QUESTION	'?'
+#define	QUOTE		'\\'
+#define	RANGE		'-'
+#define	RBRACKET	']'
+#define	SEP		'/'
+#define	STAR		'*'
+#define	TILDE		'~'
+#define	UNDERSCORE	'_'
+#define	LBRACE		'{'
+#define	RBRACE		'}'
+#define	SLASH		'/'
+#define	COMMA		','
+
+#ifndef DEBUG
+
+#define	M_QUOTE		0x8000
+#define	M_PROTECT	0x4000
+#define	M_MASK		0xffff
+#define	M_ASCII		0x00ff
+
+typedef u_short Char;
+
+#else
+
+#define	M_QUOTE		0x80
+#define	M_PROTECT	0x40
+#define	M_MASK		0xff
+#define	M_ASCII		0x7f
+
+typedef char Char;
+
+#endif
+
+
+#define	CHAR(c)		((Char)((c)&M_ASCII))
+#define	META(c)		((Char)((c)|M_QUOTE))
+#define	M_ALL		META('*')
+#define	M_END		META(']')
+#define	M_NOT		META('!')
+#define	M_ONE		META('?')
+#define	M_RNG		META('-')
+#define	M_SET		META('[')
+#define	ismeta(c)	(((c)&M_QUOTE) != 0)
+
+
+static int	 compare(const void *, const void *);
+static int	 g_Ctoc(const Char *, char *, u_int);
+static int	 g_lstat(Char *, struct stat *, glob_t *);
+static DIR	*g_opendir(Char *, glob_t *);
+static const Char *g_strchr(const Char *, int);
+static int	 g_stat(Char *, struct stat *, glob_t *);
+static int	 glob0(const Char *, glob_t *);
+static int	 glob1(Char *, Char *, glob_t *, size_t *);
+static int	 glob2(Char *, Char *, Char *, Char *, Char *, Char *,
+		    glob_t *, size_t *);
+static int	 glob3(Char *, Char *, Char *, Char *, Char *, Char *,
+		    Char *, Char *, glob_t *, size_t *);
+static int	 globextend(const Char *, glob_t *, size_t *);
+static const Char *
+		 globtilde(const Char *, Char *, size_t, glob_t *);
+static int	 globexp1(const Char *, glob_t *);
+static int	 globexp2(const Char *, const Char *, glob_t *, int *);
+static int	 match(Char *, Char *, Char *);
+#ifdef DEBUG
+static void	 qprintf(const char *, Char *);
+#endif
+
+int
+glob(const char *pattern, int flags, int (*errfunc)(const char *, int),
+    glob_t *pglob)
+{
+	const u_char *patnext;
+	int c;
+	Char *bufnext, *bufend, patbuf[MAXPATHLEN];
+
+	patnext = (const u_char *) pattern;
+	if (!(flags & GLOB_APPEND)) {
+		pglob->gl_pathc = 0;
+		pglob->gl_pathv = NULL;
+		if (!(flags & GLOB_DOOFFS))
+			pglob->gl_offs = 0;
+	}
+	pglob->gl_flags = flags & ~GLOB_MAGCHAR;
+	pglob->gl_errfunc = errfunc;
+	pglob->gl_matchc = 0;
+
+	bufnext = patbuf;
+	bufend = bufnext + MAXPATHLEN - 1;
+	if (flags & GLOB_NOESCAPE)
+		while (bufnext < bufend && (c = *patnext++) != EOS)
+			*bufnext++ = c;
+	else {
+		/* Protect the quoted characters. */
+		while (bufnext < bufend && (c = *patnext++) != EOS)
+			if (c == QUOTE) {
+				if ((c = *patnext++) == EOS) {
+					c = QUOTE;
+					--patnext;
+				}
+				*bufnext++ = c | M_PROTECT;
+			} else
+				*bufnext++ = c;
+	}
+	*bufnext = EOS;
+
+	if (flags & GLOB_BRACE)
+		return globexp1(patbuf, pglob);
+	else
+		return glob0(patbuf, pglob);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Expand recursively a glob {} pattern. When there is no more expansion
+ * invoke the standard globbing routine to glob the rest of the magic
+ * characters
+ */
+static int
+globexp1(const Char *pattern, glob_t *pglob)
+{
+	const Char* ptr = pattern;
+	int rv;
+
+	/* Protect a single {}, for find(1), like csh */
+	if (pattern[0] == LBRACE && pattern[1] == RBRACE && pattern[2] == EOS)
+		return glob0(pattern, pglob);
+
+	while ((ptr = g_strchr(ptr, LBRACE)) != NULL)
+		if (!globexp2(ptr, pattern, pglob, &rv))
+			return rv;
+
+	return glob0(pattern, pglob);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Recursive brace globbing helper. Tries to expand a single brace.
+ * If it succeeds then it invokes globexp1 with the new pattern.
+ * If it fails then it tries to glob the rest of the pattern and returns.
+ */
+static int
+globexp2(const Char *ptr, const Char *pattern, glob_t *pglob, int *rv)
+{
+	int     i;
+	Char   *lm, *ls;
+	const Char *pe, *pm, *pl;
+	Char    patbuf[MAXPATHLEN];
+
+	/* copy part up to the brace */
+	for (lm = patbuf, pm = pattern; pm != ptr; *lm++ = *pm++)
+		;
+	*lm = EOS;
+	ls = lm;
+
+	/* Find the balanced brace */
+	for (i = 0, pe = ++ptr; *pe; pe++)
+		if (*pe == LBRACKET) {
+			/* Ignore everything between [] */
+			for (pm = pe++; *pe != RBRACKET && *pe != EOS; pe++)
+				;
+			if (*pe == EOS) {
+				/*
+				 * We could not find a matching RBRACKET.
+				 * Ignore and just look for RBRACE
+				 */
+				pe = pm;
+			}
+		} else if (*pe == LBRACE)
+			i++;
+		else if (*pe == RBRACE) {
+			if (i == 0)
+				break;
+			i--;
+		}
+
+	/* Non matching braces; just glob the pattern */
+	if (i != 0 || *pe == EOS) {
+		*rv = glob0(patbuf, pglob);
+		return 0;
+	}
+
+	for (i = 0, pl = pm = ptr; pm <= pe; pm++) {
+		switch (*pm) {
+		case LBRACKET:
+			/* Ignore everything between [] */
+			for (pl = pm++; *pm != RBRACKET && *pm != EOS; pm++)
+				;
+			if (*pm == EOS) {
+				/*
+				 * We could not find a matching RBRACKET.
+				 * Ignore and just look for RBRACE
+				 */
+				pm = pl;
+			}
+			break;
+
+		case LBRACE:
+			i++;
+			break;
+
+		case RBRACE:
+			if (i) {
+				i--;
+				break;
+			}
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case COMMA:
+			if (i && *pm == COMMA)
+				break;
+			else {
+				/* Append the current string */
+				for (lm = ls; (pl < pm); *lm++ = *pl++)
+					;
+
+				/*
+				 * Append the rest of the pattern after the
+				 * closing brace
+				 */
+				for (pl = pe + 1; (*lm++ = *pl++) != EOS; )
+					;
+
+				/* Expand the current pattern */
+#ifdef DEBUG
+				qprintf("globexp2:", patbuf);
+#endif
+				*rv = globexp1(patbuf, pglob);
+
+				/* move after the comma, to the next string */
+				pl = pm + 1;
+			}
+			break;
+
+		default:
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+	*rv = 0;
+	return 0;
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+ * expand tilde from the passwd file.
+ */
+static const Char *
+globtilde(const Char *pattern, Char *patbuf, size_t patbuf_len, glob_t *pglob)
+{
+	struct passwd *pwd;
+	char *h;
+	const Char *p;
+	Char *b, *eb;
+
+	if (*pattern != TILDE || !(pglob->gl_flags & GLOB_TILDE))
+		return pattern;
+
+	/* Copy up to the end of the string or / */
+	eb = &patbuf[patbuf_len - 1];
+	for (p = pattern + 1, h = (char *) patbuf;
+	    h < (char *)eb && *p && *p != SLASH; *h++ = *p++)
+		;
+
+	*h = EOS;
+
+#if 0
+	if (h == (char *)eb)
+		return what;
+#endif
+
+	if (((char *) patbuf)[0] == EOS) {
+		/*
+		 * handle a plain ~ or ~/ by expanding $HOME
+		 * first and then trying the password file
+		 */
+		if (issetugid() != 0 || (h = getenv("HOME")) == NULL) {
+			if ((pwd = getpwuid(getuid())) == NULL)
+				return pattern;
+			else
+				h = pwd->pw_dir;
+		}
+	} else {
+		/*
+		 * Expand a ~user
+		 */
+		if ((pwd = getpwnam((char*) patbuf)) == NULL)
+			return pattern;
+		else
+			h = pwd->pw_dir;
+	}
+
+	/* Copy the home directory */
+	for (b = patbuf; b < eb && *h; *b++ = *h++)
+		;
+
+	/* Append the rest of the pattern */
+	while (b < eb && (*b++ = *p++) != EOS)
+		;
+	*b = EOS;
+
+	return patbuf;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * The main glob() routine: compiles the pattern (optionally processing
+ * quotes), calls glob1() to do the real pattern matching, and finally
+ * sorts the list (unless unsorted operation is requested).  Returns 0
+ * if things went well, nonzero if errors occurred.  It is not an error
+ * to find no matches.
+ */
+static int
+glob0(const Char *pattern, glob_t *pglob)
+{
+	const Char *qpatnext;
+	int c, err, oldpathc;
+	Char *bufnext, patbuf[MAXPATHLEN];
+	size_t limit = 0;
+
+	qpatnext = globtilde(pattern, patbuf, MAXPATHLEN, pglob);
+	oldpathc = pglob->gl_pathc;
+	bufnext = patbuf;
+
+	/* We don't need to check for buffer overflow any more. */
+	while ((c = *qpatnext++) != EOS) {
+		switch (c) {
+		case LBRACKET:
+			c = *qpatnext;
+			if (c == NOT)
+				++qpatnext;
+			if (*qpatnext == EOS ||
+			    g_strchr(qpatnext+1, RBRACKET) == NULL) {
+				*bufnext++ = LBRACKET;
+				if (c == NOT)
+					--qpatnext;
+				break;
+			}
+			*bufnext++ = M_SET;
+			if (c == NOT)
+				*bufnext++ = M_NOT;
+			c = *qpatnext++;
+			do {
+				*bufnext++ = CHAR(c);
+				if (*qpatnext == RANGE &&
+				    (c = qpatnext[1]) != RBRACKET) {
+					*bufnext++ = M_RNG;
+					*bufnext++ = CHAR(c);
+					qpatnext += 2;
+				}
+			} while ((c = *qpatnext++) != RBRACKET);
+			pglob->gl_flags |= GLOB_MAGCHAR;
+			*bufnext++ = M_END;
+			break;
+		case QUESTION:
+			pglob->gl_flags |= GLOB_MAGCHAR;
+			*bufnext++ = M_ONE;
+			break;
+		case STAR:
+			pglob->gl_flags |= GLOB_MAGCHAR;
+			/* collapse adjacent stars to one,
+			 * to avoid exponential behavior
+			 */
+			if (bufnext == patbuf || bufnext[-1] != M_ALL)
+				*bufnext++ = M_ALL;
+			break;
+		default:
+			*bufnext++ = CHAR(c);
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+	*bufnext = EOS;
+#ifdef DEBUG
+	qprintf("glob0:", patbuf);
+#endif
+
+	if ((err = glob1(patbuf, patbuf+MAXPATHLEN-1, pglob, &limit)) != 0)
+		return(err);
+
+	/*
+	 * If there was no match we are going to append the pattern
+	 * if GLOB_NOCHECK was specified or if GLOB_NOMAGIC was specified
+	 * and the pattern did not contain any magic characters
+	 * GLOB_NOMAGIC is there just for compatibility with csh.
+	 */
+	if (pglob->gl_pathc == oldpathc) {
+		if ((pglob->gl_flags & GLOB_NOCHECK) ||
+		    ((pglob->gl_flags & GLOB_NOMAGIC) &&
+		    !(pglob->gl_flags & GLOB_MAGCHAR)))
+			return(globextend(pattern, pglob, &limit));
+		else
+			return(GLOB_NOMATCH);
+	}
+	if (!(pglob->gl_flags & GLOB_NOSORT))
+		qsort(pglob->gl_pathv + pglob->gl_offs + oldpathc,
+		    pglob->gl_pathc - oldpathc, sizeof(char *), compare);
+	return(0);
+}
+
+static int
+compare(const void *p, const void *q)
+{
+	return(strcmp(*(char *const *)p, *(char *const *)q));
+}
+
+static int
+glob1(Char *pattern, Char *pattern_last, glob_t *pglob, size_t *limitp)
+{
+	Char pathbuf[MAXPATHLEN];
+
+	/* A null pathname is invalid -- POSIX 1003.1 sect. 2.4. */
+	if (*pattern == EOS)
+		return(0);
+	return(glob2(pathbuf, pathbuf+MAXPATHLEN-1,
+	    pathbuf, pathbuf+MAXPATHLEN-1,
+	    pattern, pattern_last, pglob, limitp));
+}
+
+/*
+ * The functions glob2 and glob3 are mutually recursive; there is one level
+ * of recursion for each segment in the pattern that contains one or more
+ * meta characters.
+ */
+static int
+glob2(Char *pathbuf, Char *pathbuf_last, Char *pathend, Char *pathend_last,
+    Char *pattern, Char *pattern_last, glob_t *pglob, size_t *limitp)
+{
+	struct stat sb;
+	Char *p, *q;
+	int anymeta;
+
+	/*
+	 * Loop over pattern segments until end of pattern or until
+	 * segment with meta character found.
+	 */
+	for (anymeta = 0;;) {
+		if (*pattern == EOS) {		/* End of pattern? */
+			*pathend = EOS;
+			if (g_lstat(pathbuf, &sb, pglob))
+				return(0);
+
+			if (((pglob->gl_flags & GLOB_MARK) &&
+			    pathend[-1] != SEP) && (S_ISDIR(sb.st_mode) ||
+			    (S_ISLNK(sb.st_mode) &&
+			    (g_stat(pathbuf, &sb, pglob) == 0) &&
+			    S_ISDIR(sb.st_mode)))) {
+				if (pathend+1 > pathend_last)
+					return (1);
+				*pathend++ = SEP;
+				*pathend = EOS;
+			}
+			++pglob->gl_matchc;
+			return(globextend(pathbuf, pglob, limitp));
+		}
+
+		/* Find end of next segment, copy tentatively to pathend. */
+		q = pathend;
+		p = pattern;
+		while (*p != EOS && *p != SEP) {
+			if (ismeta(*p))
+				anymeta = 1;
+			if (q+1 > pathend_last)
+				return (1);
+			*q++ = *p++;
+		}
+
+		if (!anymeta) {		/* No expansion, do next segment. */
+			pathend = q;
+			pattern = p;
+			while (*pattern == SEP) {
+				if (pathend+1 > pathend_last)
+					return (1);
+				*pathend++ = *pattern++;
+			}
+		} else
+			/* Need expansion, recurse. */
+			return(glob3(pathbuf, pathbuf_last, pathend,
+			    pathend_last, pattern, pattern_last,
+			    p, pattern_last, pglob, limitp));
+	}
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+}
+
+static int
+glob3(Char *pathbuf, Char *pathbuf_last, Char *pathend, Char *pathend_last,
+    Char *pattern, Char *pattern_last __attribute__((unused)), Char *restpattern,
+    Char *restpattern_last, glob_t *pglob, size_t *limitp)
+{
+	struct dirent *dp;
+	DIR *dirp;
+	int err;
+	char buf[MAXPATHLEN];
+
+	/*
+	 * The readdirfunc declaration can't be prototyped, because it is
+	 * assigned, below, to two functions which are prototyped in glob.h
+	 * and dirent.h as taking pointers to differently typed opaque
+	 * structures.
+	 */
+	struct dirent *(*readdirfunc)(void *);
+
+	if (pathend > pathend_last)
+		return (1);
+	*pathend = EOS;
+	errno = 0;
+
+	if ((dirp = g_opendir(pathbuf, pglob)) == NULL) {
+		/* TODO: don't call for ENOENT or ENOTDIR? */
+		if (pglob->gl_errfunc) {
+			if (g_Ctoc(pathbuf, buf, sizeof(buf)))
+				return(GLOB_ABORTED);
+			if (pglob->gl_errfunc(buf, errno) ||
+			    pglob->gl_flags & GLOB_ERR)
+				return(GLOB_ABORTED);
+		}
+		return(0);
+	}
+
+	err = 0;
+
+	/* Search directory for matching names. */
+	if (pglob->gl_flags & GLOB_ALTDIRFUNC)
+		readdirfunc = pglob->gl_readdir;
+	else
+		readdirfunc = (struct dirent *(*)(void *))readdir;
+	while ((dp = (*readdirfunc)(dirp))) {
+		u_char *sc;
+		Char *dc;
+
+		/* Initial DOT must be matched literally. */
+		if (dp->d_name[0] == DOT && *pattern != DOT)
+			continue;
+		dc = pathend;
+		sc = (u_char *) dp->d_name;
+		while (dc < pathend_last && (*dc++ = *sc++) != EOS)
+			;
+		if (dc >= pathend_last) {
+			*dc = EOS;
+			err = 1;
+			break;
+		}
+
+		if (!match(pathend, pattern, restpattern)) {
+			*pathend = EOS;
+			continue;
+		}
+		err = glob2(pathbuf, pathbuf_last, --dc, pathend_last,
+		    restpattern, restpattern_last, pglob, limitp);
+		if (err)
+			break;
+	}
+
+	if (pglob->gl_flags & GLOB_ALTDIRFUNC)
+		(*pglob->gl_closedir)(dirp);
+	else
+		closedir(dirp);
+	return(err);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Extend the gl_pathv member of a glob_t structure to accommodate a new item,
+ * add the new item, and update gl_pathc.
+ *
+ * This assumes the BSD realloc, which only copies the block when its size
+ * crosses a power-of-two boundary; for v7 realloc, this would cause quadratic
+ * behavior.
+ *
+ * Return 0 if new item added, error code if memory couldn't be allocated.
+ *
+ * Invariant of the glob_t structure:
+ *	Either gl_pathc is zero and gl_pathv is NULL; or gl_pathc > 0 and
+ *	gl_pathv points to (gl_offs + gl_pathc + 1) items.
+ */
+static int
+globextend(const Char *path, glob_t *pglob, size_t *limitp)
+{
+	char **pathv;
+	int i;
+	u_int newsize, len;
+	char *copy;
+	const Char *p;
+
+	newsize = sizeof(*pathv) * (2 + pglob->gl_pathc + pglob->gl_offs);
+	pathv = pglob->gl_pathv ? realloc((char *)pglob->gl_pathv, newsize) :
+	    malloc(newsize);
+	if (pathv == NULL) {
+		if (pglob->gl_pathv) {
+			free(pglob->gl_pathv);
+			pglob->gl_pathv = NULL;
+		}
+		return(GLOB_NOSPACE);
+	}
+
+	if (pglob->gl_pathv == NULL && pglob->gl_offs > 0) {
+		/* first time around -- clear initial gl_offs items */
+		pathv += pglob->gl_offs;
+		for (i = pglob->gl_offs; --i >= 0; )
+			*--pathv = NULL;
+	}
+	pglob->gl_pathv = pathv;
+
+	for (p = path; *p++;)
+		;
+	len = (size_t)(p - path);
+	*limitp += len;
+	if ((copy = malloc(len)) != NULL) {
+		if (g_Ctoc(path, copy, len)) {
+			free(copy);
+			return(GLOB_NOSPACE);
+		}
+		pathv[pglob->gl_offs + pglob->gl_pathc++] = copy;
+	}
+	pathv[pglob->gl_offs + pglob->gl_pathc] = NULL;
+
+	if ((pglob->gl_flags & GLOB_LIMIT) &&
+	    newsize + *limitp >= ARG_MAX) {
+		errno = 0;
+		return(GLOB_NOSPACE);
+	}
+
+	return(copy == NULL ? GLOB_NOSPACE : 0);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * pattern matching function for filenames.  Each occurrence of the *
+ * pattern causes a recursion level.
+ */
+static int
+match(Char *name, Char *pat, Char *patend)
+{
+	int ok, negate_range;
+	Char c, k;
+
+	while (pat < patend) {
+		c = *pat++;
+		switch (c & M_MASK) {
+		case M_ALL:
+			if (pat == patend)
+				return(1);
+			do {
+			    if (match(name, pat, patend))
+				    return(1);
+			} while (*name++ != EOS);
+			return(0);
+		case M_ONE:
+			if (*name++ == EOS)
+				return(0);
+			break;
+		case M_SET:
+			ok = 0;
+			if ((k = *name++) == EOS)
+				return(0);
+			if ((negate_range = ((*pat & M_MASK) == M_NOT)) != EOS)
+				++pat;
+			while (((c = *pat++) & M_MASK) != M_END)
+				if ((*pat & M_MASK) == M_RNG) {
+					if (c <= k && k <= pat[1])
+						ok = 1;
+					pat += 2;
+				} else if (c == k)
+					ok = 1;
+			if (ok == negate_range)
+				return(0);
+			break;
+		default:
+			if (*name++ != c)
+				return(0);
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+	return(*name == EOS);
+}
+
+/* Free allocated data belonging to a glob_t structure. */
+void
+globfree(glob_t *pglob)
+{
+	int i;
+	char **pp;
+
+	if (pglob->gl_pathv != NULL) {
+		pp = pglob->gl_pathv + pglob->gl_offs;
+		for (i = pglob->gl_pathc; i--; ++pp)
+			if (*pp)
+				free(*pp);
+		free(pglob->gl_pathv);
+		pglob->gl_pathv = NULL;
+	}
+}
+
+static DIR *
+g_opendir(Char *str, glob_t *pglob)
+{
+	char buf[MAXPATHLEN];
+
+	if (!*str)
+		strlcpy(buf, ".", sizeof buf);
+	else {
+		if (g_Ctoc(str, buf, sizeof(buf)))
+			return(NULL);
+	}
+
+	if (pglob->gl_flags & GLOB_ALTDIRFUNC)
+		return((*pglob->gl_opendir)(buf));
+
+	return(opendir(buf));
+}
+
+static int
+g_lstat(Char *fn, struct stat *sb, glob_t *pglob)
+{
+	char buf[MAXPATHLEN];
+
+	if (g_Ctoc(fn, buf, sizeof(buf)))
+		return(-1);
+	if (pglob->gl_flags & GLOB_ALTDIRFUNC)
+		return((*pglob->gl_lstat)(buf, sb));
+	return(lstat(buf, sb));
+}
+
+static int
+g_stat(Char *fn, struct stat *sb, glob_t *pglob)
+{
+	char buf[MAXPATHLEN];
+
+	if (g_Ctoc(fn, buf, sizeof(buf)))
+		return(-1);
+	if (pglob->gl_flags & GLOB_ALTDIRFUNC)
+		return((*pglob->gl_stat)(buf, sb));
+	return(stat(buf, sb));
+}
+
+static const Char *
+g_strchr(const Char *str, int ch)
+{
+	do {
+		if (*str == ch)
+			return (str);
+	} while (*str++);
+	return (NULL);
+}
+
+static int
+g_Ctoc(const Char *str, char *buf, u_int len)
+{
+
+	while (len--) {
+		if ((*buf++ = *str++) == EOS)
+			return (0);
+	}
+	return (1);
+}
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+static void
+qprintf(const char *str, Char *s)
+{
+	Char *p;
+
+	(void)printf("%s:\n", str);
+	for (p = s; *p; p++)
+		(void)printf("%c", CHAR(*p));
+	(void)printf("\n");
+	for (p = s; *p; p++)
+		(void)printf("%c", *p & M_PROTECT ? '"' : ' ');
+	(void)printf("\n");
+	for (p = s; *p; p++)
+		(void)printf("%c", ismeta(*p) ? '_' : ' ');
+	(void)printf("\n");
+}
+#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/config/glob.h b/config/glob.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..15ade2a04
--- /dev/null
+++ b/config/glob.h
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+/*	$OpenBSD: glob.h,v 1.9 2004/10/07 16:56:11 millert Exp $	*/
+/*	$NetBSD: glob.h,v 1.5 1994/10/26 00:55:56 cgd Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Guido van Rossum.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	@(#)glob.h	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/2/93
+ */
+
+#ifndef __APPLE__
+#include_next <glob.h>
+#else
+#ifndef _GLOB_H_
+#define	_GLOB_H_
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+
+struct stat;
+typedef struct {
+	int gl_pathc;		/* Count of total paths so far. */
+	int gl_matchc;		/* Count of paths matching pattern. */
+	int gl_offs;		/* Reserved at beginning of gl_pathv. */
+	int gl_flags;		/* Copy of flags parameter to glob. */
+	char **gl_pathv;	/* List of paths matching pattern. */
+				/* Copy of errfunc parameter to glob. */
+	int (*gl_errfunc)(const char *, int);
+
+	/*
+	 * Alternate filesystem access methods for glob; replacement
+	 * versions of closedir(3), readdir(3), opendir(3), stat(2)
+	 * and lstat(2).
+	 */
+	void (*gl_closedir)(void *);
+	struct dirent *(*gl_readdir)(void *);	
+	void *(*gl_opendir)(const char *);
+	int (*gl_lstat)(const char *, struct stat *);
+	int (*gl_stat)(const char *, struct stat *);
+} glob_t;
+
+/* Flags */
+#define	GLOB_APPEND	0x0001	/* Append to output from previous call. */
+#define	GLOB_DOOFFS	0x0002	/* Use gl_offs. */
+#define	GLOB_ERR	0x0004	/* Return on error. */
+#define	GLOB_MARK	0x0008	/* Append / to matching directories. */
+#define	GLOB_NOCHECK	0x0010	/* Return pattern itself if nothing matches. */
+#define	GLOB_NOSORT	0x0020	/* Don't sort. */
+#define	GLOB_NOESCAPE	0x1000	/* Disable backslash escaping. */
+
+#ifndef _POSIX_SOURCE
+#define	GLOB_ALTDIRFUNC	0x0040	/* Use alternately specified directory funcs. */
+#define	GLOB_BRACE	0x0080	/* Expand braces ala csh. */
+#define	GLOB_MAGCHAR	0x0100	/* Pattern had globbing characters. */
+#define	GLOB_NOMAGIC	0x0200	/* GLOB_NOCHECK without magic chars (csh). */
+#define	GLOB_QUOTE	0x0400	/* Quote special chars with \. */
+#define	GLOB_TILDE	0x0800	/* Expand tilde names from the passwd file. */
+#define GLOB_LIMIT	0x2000	/* Limit pattern match output to ARG_MAX */
+#endif
+
+/* Error values returned by glob(3) */
+#define	GLOB_NOSPACE	(-1)	/* Malloc call failed. */
+#define	GLOB_ABORTED	(-2)	/* Unignored error. */
+#define	GLOB_NOMATCH	(-3)	/* No match and GLOB_NOCHECK not set. */
+#define	GLOB_NOSYS	(-4)	/* Function not supported. */
+#define GLOB_ABEND	GLOB_ABORTED
+
+__BEGIN_DECLS
+int	glob(const char *, int, int (*)(const char *, int), glob_t *);
+void	globfree(glob_t *);
+__END_DECLS
+
+#endif /* !_GLOB_H_ */
+#endif
diff --git a/config/inputbox.c b/config/inputbox.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8c4c1ce99
--- /dev/null
+++ b/config/inputbox.c
@@ -0,0 +1,240 @@
+/*
+ *  inputbox.c -- implements the input box
+ *
+ *  ORIGINAL AUTHOR: Savio Lam (lam836@cs.cuhk.hk)
+ *  MODIFIED FOR LINUX KERNEL CONFIG BY: William Roadcap (roadcap@cfw.com)
+ *
+ *  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ *  modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ *  as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ *  of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ *  This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ *  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ *  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ *  GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ *  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ *  along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ *  Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+ */
+
+#include "dialog.h"
+
+unsigned char dialog_input_result[MAX_LEN + 1];
+
+/*
+ *  Print the termination buttons
+ */
+static void
+print_buttons(WINDOW *dialog, int height, int width, int selected)
+{
+    int x = width / 2 - 11;
+    int y = height - 2;
+
+    print_button (dialog, "  Ok  ", y, x, selected==0);
+    print_button (dialog, " Help ", y, x + 14, selected==1);
+
+    wmove(dialog, y, x+1+14*selected);
+    wrefresh(dialog);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Display a dialog box for inputing a string
+ */
+int
+dialog_inputbox (const char *title, const char *prompt, int height, int width,
+		 const char *init)
+{
+    int i, x, y, box_y, box_x, box_width;
+    int input_x = 0, scroll = 0, key = 0, button = -1;
+    char *instr = (char*)dialog_input_result;
+    WINDOW *dialog;
+
+    /* center dialog box on screen */
+    x = (COLS - width) / 2;
+    y = (LINES - height) / 2;
+
+
+    draw_shadow (stdscr, y, x, height, width);
+
+    dialog = newwin (height, width, y, x);
+    keypad (dialog, TRUE);
+
+    draw_box (dialog, 0, 0, height, width, dialog_attr, border_attr);
+    wattrset (dialog, border_attr);
+    mvwaddch (dialog, height-3, 0, ACS_LTEE);
+    for (i = 0; i < width - 2; i++)
+	waddch (dialog, ACS_HLINE);
+    wattrset (dialog, dialog_attr);
+    waddch (dialog, ACS_RTEE);
+
+    if (title != NULL && strlen(title) >= width-2 ) {
+	/* truncate long title -- mec */
+	char * title2 = malloc(width-2+1);
+	memcpy( title2, title, width-2 );
+	title2[width-2] = '\0';
+	title = title2;
+    }
+
+    if (title != NULL) {
+	wattrset (dialog, title_attr);
+	mvwaddch (dialog, 0, (width - strlen(title))/2 - 1, ' ');
+	waddstr (dialog, (char *)title);
+	waddch (dialog, ' ');
+    }
+
+    wattrset (dialog, dialog_attr);
+    print_autowrap (dialog, prompt, width - 2, 1, 3);
+
+    /* Draw the input field box */
+    box_width = width - 6;
+    getyx (dialog, y, x);
+    box_y = y + 2;
+    box_x = (width - box_width) / 2;
+    draw_box (dialog, y + 1, box_x - 1, 3, box_width + 2,
+	      border_attr, dialog_attr);
+
+    print_buttons(dialog, height, width, 0);
+
+    /* Set up the initial value */
+    wmove (dialog, box_y, box_x);
+    wattrset (dialog, inputbox_attr);
+
+    if (!init)
+	instr[0] = '\0';
+    else
+	strcpy (instr, init);
+
+    input_x = strlen (instr);
+
+    if (input_x >= box_width) {
+	scroll = input_x - box_width + 1;
+	input_x = box_width - 1;
+	for (i = 0; i < box_width - 1; i++)
+	    waddch (dialog, instr[scroll + i]);
+    } else
+	waddstr (dialog, instr);
+
+    wmove (dialog, box_y, box_x + input_x);
+
+    wrefresh (dialog);
+
+    while (key != ESC) {
+	key = wgetch (dialog);
+
+	if (button == -1) {	/* Input box selected */
+	    switch (key) {
+	    case TAB:
+	    case KEY_UP:
+	    case KEY_DOWN:
+		break;
+	    case KEY_LEFT:
+		continue;
+	    case KEY_RIGHT:
+		continue;
+	    case KEY_BACKSPACE:
+	    case 127:
+		if (input_x || scroll) {
+		    wattrset (dialog, inputbox_attr);
+		    if (!input_x) {
+			scroll = scroll < box_width - 1 ?
+			    0 : scroll - (box_width - 1);
+			wmove (dialog, box_y, box_x);
+			for (i = 0; i < box_width; i++)
+			    waddch (dialog, instr[scroll + input_x + i] ?
+				    instr[scroll + input_x + i] : ' ');
+			input_x = strlen (instr) - scroll;
+		    } else
+			input_x--;
+		    instr[scroll + input_x] = '\0';
+		    mvwaddch (dialog, box_y, input_x + box_x, ' ');
+		    wmove (dialog, box_y, input_x + box_x);
+		    wrefresh (dialog);
+		}
+		continue;
+	    default:
+		if (key < 0x100 && isprint (key)) {
+		    if (scroll + input_x < MAX_LEN) {
+			wattrset (dialog, inputbox_attr);
+			instr[scroll + input_x] = key;
+			instr[scroll + input_x + 1] = '\0';
+			if (input_x == box_width - 1) {
+			    scroll++;
+			    wmove (dialog, box_y, box_x);
+			    for (i = 0; i < box_width - 1; i++)
+				waddch (dialog, instr[scroll + i]);
+			} else {
+			    wmove (dialog, box_y, input_x++ + box_x);
+			    waddch (dialog, key);
+			}
+			wrefresh (dialog);
+		    } else
+			flash ();	/* Alarm user about overflow */
+		    continue;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+	switch (key) {
+	case 'O':
+	case 'o':
+	    delwin (dialog);
+	    return 0;
+	case 'H':
+	case 'h':
+	    delwin (dialog);
+	    return 1;
+	case KEY_UP:
+	case KEY_LEFT:
+	    switch (button) {
+	    case -1:
+		button = 1;	/* Indicates "Cancel" button is selected */
+		print_buttons(dialog, height, width, 1);
+		break;
+	    case 0:
+		button = -1;	/* Indicates input box is selected */
+		print_buttons(dialog, height, width, 0);
+		wmove (dialog, box_y, box_x + input_x);
+		wrefresh (dialog);
+		break;
+	    case 1:
+		button = 0;	/* Indicates "OK" button is selected */
+		print_buttons(dialog, height, width, 0);
+		break;
+	    }
+	    break;
+	case TAB:
+	case KEY_DOWN:
+	case KEY_RIGHT:
+	    switch (button) {
+	    case -1:
+		button = 0;	/* Indicates "OK" button is selected */
+		print_buttons(dialog, height, width, 0);
+		break;
+	    case 0:
+		button = 1;	/* Indicates "Cancel" button is selected */
+		print_buttons(dialog, height, width, 1);
+		break;
+	    case 1:
+		button = -1;	/* Indicates input box is selected */
+		print_buttons(dialog, height, width, 0);
+		wmove (dialog, box_y, box_x + input_x);
+		wrefresh (dialog);
+		break;
+	    }
+	    break;
+	case ' ':
+	case '\n':
+	    delwin (dialog);
+	    return (button == -1 ? 0 : button);
+	case 'X':
+	case 'x':
+	    key = ESC;
+	case ESC:
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+
+    delwin (dialog);
+    return -1;			/* ESC pressed */
+}
diff --git a/config/lex.backup b/config/lex.backup
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..afb1b53c7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/config/lex.backup
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+No backing up.
diff --git a/config/lkc.h b/config/lkc.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..dd040f7a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/config/lkc.h
@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2002 Roman Zippel <zippel@linux-m68k.org>
+ * Released under the terms of the GNU GPL v2.0.
+ */
+
+#ifndef LKC_H
+#define LKC_H
+
+#include "expr.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#ifdef LKC_DIRECT_LINK
+#define P(name,type,arg)	extern type name arg
+#else
+#include "lkc_defs.h"
+#define P(name,type,arg)	extern type (*name ## _p) arg
+#endif
+#include "lkc_proto.h"
+#undef P
+
+#define SRCTREE "srctree"
+
+int zconfparse(void);
+void zconfdump(FILE *out);
+
+extern int zconfdebug;
+void zconf_starthelp(void);
+FILE *zconf_fopen(const char *name);
+void zconf_initscan(const char *name);
+void zconf_nextfile(const char *name);
+int zconf_lineno(void);
+char *zconf_curname(void);
+
+/* confdata.c */
+extern const char conf_def_filename[];
+extern char conf_filename[];
+
+char *conf_get_default_confname(void);
+
+/* kconfig_load.c */
+void kconfig_load(void);
+
+/* menu.c */
+void menu_init(void);
+void menu_add_menu(void);
+void menu_end_menu(void);
+void menu_add_entry(struct symbol *sym);
+void menu_end_entry(void);
+void menu_add_dep(struct expr *dep);
+struct property *menu_add_prop(enum prop_type type, char *prompt, struct expr *expr, struct expr *dep);
+void menu_add_prompt(enum prop_type type, char *prompt, struct expr *dep);
+void menu_add_expr(enum prop_type type, struct expr *expr, struct expr *dep);
+void menu_add_symbol(enum prop_type type, struct symbol *sym, struct expr *dep);
+void menu_finalize(struct menu *parent);
+void menu_set_type(int type);
+struct file *file_lookup(const char *name);
+int file_write_dep(const char *name);
+
+extern struct menu *current_entry;
+extern struct menu *current_menu;
+
+/* symbol.c */
+void sym_init(void);
+void sym_clear_all_valid(void);
+void sym_set_changed(struct symbol *sym);
+struct symbol *sym_check_deps(struct symbol *sym);
+struct property *prop_alloc(enum prop_type type, struct symbol *sym);
+struct symbol *prop_get_symbol(struct property *prop);
+
+static inline tristate sym_get_tristate_value(struct symbol *sym)
+{
+	return sym->curr.tri;
+}
+
+
+static inline struct symbol *sym_get_choice_value(struct symbol *sym)
+{
+	return (struct symbol *)sym->curr.val;
+}
+
+static inline bool sym_set_choice_value(struct symbol *ch, struct symbol *chval)
+{
+	return sym_set_tristate_value(chval, yes);
+}
+
+static inline bool sym_is_choice(struct symbol *sym)
+{
+	return sym->flags & SYMBOL_CHOICE ? true : false;
+}
+
+static inline bool sym_is_choice_value(struct symbol *sym)
+{
+	return sym->flags & SYMBOL_CHOICEVAL ? true : false;
+}
+
+static inline bool sym_is_optional(struct symbol *sym)
+{
+	return sym->flags & SYMBOL_OPTIONAL ? true : false;
+}
+
+static inline bool sym_has_value(struct symbol *sym)
+{
+	return sym->flags & SYMBOL_NEW ? false : true;
+}
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* LKC_H */
diff --git a/config/lkc_proto.h b/config/lkc_proto.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..97c79178e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/config/lkc_proto.h
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+
+/* confdata.c */
+P(conf_parse,void,(const char *name));
+P(conf_read,int,(const char *name));
+P(conf_write,int,(const char *name));
+
+/* menu.c */
+P(rootmenu,struct menu,);
+
+P(menu_is_visible,bool,(struct menu *menu));
+P(menu_get_prompt,const char *,(struct menu *menu));
+P(menu_get_root_menu,struct menu *,(struct menu *menu));
+P(menu_get_parent_menu,struct menu *,(struct menu *menu));
+
+/* symbol.c */
+P(symbol_hash,struct symbol *,[SYMBOL_HASHSIZE]);
+P(sym_change_count,int,);
+
+P(sym_lookup,struct symbol *,(const char *name, int isconst));
+P(sym_find,struct symbol *,(const char *name));
+P(sym_type_name,const char *,(enum symbol_type type));
+P(sym_calc_value,void,(struct symbol *sym));
+P(sym_get_type,enum symbol_type,(struct symbol *sym));
+P(sym_tristate_within_range,bool,(struct symbol *sym,tristate tri));
+P(sym_set_tristate_value,bool,(struct symbol *sym,tristate tri));
+P(sym_toggle_tristate_value,tristate,(struct symbol *sym));
+P(sym_string_valid,bool,(struct symbol *sym, const char *newval));
+P(sym_string_within_range,bool,(struct symbol *sym, const char *str));
+P(sym_set_string_value,bool,(struct symbol *sym, const char *newval));
+P(sym_is_changable,bool,(struct symbol *sym));
+P(sym_get_choice_prop,struct property *,(struct symbol *sym));
+P(sym_get_default_prop,struct property *,(struct symbol *sym));
+P(sym_get_string_value,const char *,(struct symbol *sym));
+
+P(prop_get_type_name,const char *,(enum prop_type type));
+
+/* expr.c */
+P(expr_compare_type,int,(enum expr_type t1, enum expr_type t2));
+P(expr_print,void,(struct expr *e, void (*fn)(void *, const char *), void *data, int prevtoken));
diff --git a/config/mconf.c b/config/mconf.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..878554245
--- /dev/null
+++ b/config/mconf.c
@@ -0,0 +1,717 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2002 Roman Zippel <zippel@linux-m68k.org>
+ * Released under the terms of the GNU GPL v2.0.
+ *
+ * Introduced single menu mode (show all sub-menus in one large tree).
+ * 2002-11-06 Petr Baudis <pasky@ucw.cz>
+ *
+ * Directly use liblxdialog library routines.
+ * 2002-11-14 Petr Baudis <pasky@ucw.cz>
+ */
+
+#include <sys/ioctl.h>
+#include <sys/wait.h>
+#include <sys/termios.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <termios.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include "dialog.h"
+
+#define LKC_DIRECT_LINK
+#include "lkc.h"
+
+static char menu_backtitle[128];
+static const char menu_instructions[] =
+	"Arrow keys navigate the menu.  "
+	"<Enter> selects submenus --->.  "
+	"Highlighted letters are hotkeys.  "
+	"Pressing <Y> selectes a feature, while <N> will exclude a feature.  "
+	"Press <Esc><Esc> to exit, <?> for Help.  "
+	"Legend: [*] feature is selected  [ ] feature is excluded",
+radiolist_instructions[] =
+	"Use the arrow keys to navigate this window or "
+	"press the hotkey of the item you wish to select "
+	"followed by the <SPACE BAR>. "
+	"Press <?> for additional information about this option.",
+inputbox_instructions_int[] =
+	"Please enter a decimal value. "
+	"Fractions will not be accepted.  "
+	"Use the <TAB> key to move from the input field to the buttons below it.",
+inputbox_instructions_hex[] =
+	"Please enter a hexadecimal value. "
+	"Use the <TAB> key to move from the input field to the buttons below it.",
+inputbox_instructions_string[] =
+	"Please enter a string value. "
+	"Use the <TAB> key to move from the input field to the buttons below it.",
+setmod_text[] =
+	"This feature depends on another which has been configured as a module.\n"
+	"As a result, this feature will be built as a module.",
+nohelp_text[] =
+	"There is no help available for this option.\n",
+load_config_text[] =
+	"Enter the name of the configuration file you wish to load.  "
+	"Accept the name shown to restore the configuration you "
+	"last retrieved.  Leave blank to abort.",
+load_config_help[] =
+	"\n"
+	"For various reasons, one may wish to keep several different OpenADK\n"
+	"configurations available on a single machine.\n"
+	"\n"
+	"If you have saved a previous configuration in a file other than the\n"
+	"OpenADK's default, entering the name of the file here will allow you\n"
+	"to modify that configuration.\n"
+	"\n"
+	"If you are uncertain, then you have probably never used alternate\n"
+	"configuration files.  You should therefor leave this blank to abort.\n",
+save_config_text[] =
+	"Enter a filename to which this configuration should be saved "
+	"as an alternate.  Leave blank to abort.",
+save_config_help[] =
+	"\n"
+	"For various reasons, one may wish to keep different OpenADK\n"
+	"configurations available on a single machine.\n"
+	"\n"
+	"Entering a file name here will allow you to later retrieve, modify\n"
+	"and use the current configuration as an alternate to whatever\n"
+	"configuration options you have selected at that time.\n"
+	"\n"
+	"If you are uncertain what all this means then you should probably\n"
+	"leave this blank.\n",
+top_menu_help[] =
+	"\n"
+	"Use the Up/Down arrow keys (cursor keys) to highlight the item\n"
+	"you wish to change or submenu wish to select and press <Enter>.\n"
+	"Submenus are designated by \"--->\".\n"
+	"\n"
+	"Shortcut: Press the option's highlighted letter (hotkey).\n"
+	"\n"
+	"You may also use the <PAGE UP> and <PAGE DOWN> keys to scroll\n"
+	"unseen options into view.\n"
+;
+
+static char filename[PATH_MAX+1] = ".config";
+static int indent = 0;
+static struct termios ios_org;
+static int rows, cols;
+struct menu *current_menu;
+static int child_count;
+static int single_menu_mode;
+
+static struct dialog_list_item *items[16384]; /* FIXME: This ought to be dynamic. */
+static int item_no;
+
+static void conf(struct menu *menu);
+static void conf_choice(struct menu *menu);
+static void conf_string(struct menu *menu);
+static void conf_load(void);
+static void conf_save(void);
+static void show_textbox(const char *title, const char *text, int r, int c);
+static void show_helptext(const char *title, const char *text);
+static void show_help(struct menu *menu);
+static void show_readme(void);
+
+static void init_wsize(void)
+{
+	struct winsize ws;
+	char *env;
+
+	if (ioctl(1, TIOCGWINSZ, &ws) == -1) {
+		rows = 24;
+		cols = 80;
+	} else {
+		rows = ws.ws_row;
+		cols = ws.ws_col;
+		if (!rows) {
+			env = getenv("LINES");
+			if (env)
+				rows = atoi(env);
+			if (!rows)
+				rows = 24;
+		}
+		if (!cols) {
+			env = getenv("COLUMNS");
+			if (env)
+				cols = atoi(env);
+			if (!cols)
+				cols = 80;
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (rows < 19 || cols < 80) {
+		fprintf(stderr, "Your display is too small to run Menuconfig!\n");
+		fprintf(stderr, "It must be at least 19 lines by 80 columns.\n");
+		exit(1);
+	}
+
+	rows -= 4;
+	cols -= 5;
+}
+
+static void cinit(void)
+{
+	item_no = 0;
+}
+
+static void cmake(void)
+{
+	items[item_no] = malloc(sizeof(struct dialog_list_item));
+	memset(items[item_no], 0, sizeof(struct dialog_list_item));
+	items[item_no]->tag = malloc(32); items[item_no]->tag[0] = 0;
+	items[item_no]->name = malloc(512); items[item_no]->name[0] = 0;
+	items[item_no]->namelen = 0;
+	item_no++;
+}
+
+static int cprint_name(const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+	va_list ap;
+	int res;
+
+	if (!item_no)
+		cmake();
+	va_start(ap, fmt);
+	res = vsnprintf(items[item_no - 1]->name + items[item_no - 1]->namelen,
+			512 - items[item_no - 1]->namelen, fmt, ap);
+	if (res > 0)
+		items[item_no - 1]->namelen += res;
+	va_end(ap);
+
+	return res;
+}
+
+static int cprint_tag(const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+	va_list ap;
+	int res;
+
+	if (!item_no)
+		cmake();
+	va_start(ap, fmt);
+	res = vsnprintf(items[item_no - 1]->tag, 32, fmt, ap);
+	va_end(ap);
+
+	return res;
+}
+
+static void cdone(void)
+{
+	int i;
+
+	for (i = 0; i < item_no; i++) {
+		free(items[i]->tag);
+		free(items[i]->name);
+		free(items[i]);
+	}
+
+	item_no = 0;
+}
+
+static void build_conf(struct menu *menu)
+{
+	struct symbol *sym;
+	struct property *prop;
+	struct menu *child;
+	int type, tmp, doint = 2;
+	tristate val;
+	char ch;
+
+	if (!menu_is_visible(menu))
+		return;
+
+	sym = menu->sym;
+	prop = menu->prompt;
+	if (!sym) {
+		if (prop && menu != current_menu) {
+			const char *prompt = menu_get_prompt(menu);
+			switch (prop->type) {
+			case P_MENU:
+				child_count++;
+				cmake();
+				cprint_tag("m%p", menu);
+
+				if (single_menu_mode) {
+					cprint_name("%s%*c%s",
+						menu->data ? "-->" : "++>",
+						indent + 1, ' ', prompt);
+				} else {
+					cprint_name("   %*c%s  --->", indent + 1, ' ', prompt);
+				}
+
+				if (single_menu_mode && menu->data)
+					goto conf_childs;
+				return;
+			default:
+				if (prompt) {
+					child_count++;
+					cmake();
+					cprint_tag(":%p", menu);
+					cprint_name("---%*c%s", indent + 1, ' ', prompt);
+				}
+			}
+		} else
+			doint = 0;
+		goto conf_childs;
+	}
+
+	cmake();
+	type = sym_get_type(sym);
+	if (sym_is_choice(sym)) {
+		struct symbol *def_sym = sym_get_choice_value(sym);
+		struct menu *def_menu = NULL;
+
+		child_count++;
+		for (child = menu->list; child; child = child->next) {
+			if (menu_is_visible(child) && child->sym == def_sym)
+				def_menu = child;
+		}
+
+		val = sym_get_tristate_value(sym);
+		if (sym_is_changable(sym)) {
+			cprint_tag("t%p", menu);
+			switch (type) {
+			case S_BOOLEAN:
+				cprint_name("[%c]", val == no ? ' ' : '*');
+				break;
+			case S_TRISTATE:
+				switch (val) {
+				case yes: ch = '*'; break;
+				case mod: ch = 'M'; break;
+				default:  ch = ' '; break;
+				}
+				cprint_name("<%c>", ch);
+				break;
+			}
+		} else {
+			cprint_tag("%c%p", def_menu ? 't' : ':', menu);
+			cprint_name("   ");
+		}
+
+		cprint_name("%*c%s", indent + 1, ' ', menu_get_prompt(menu));
+		if (val == yes) {
+			if (def_menu) {
+				cprint_name(" (%s)", menu_get_prompt(def_menu));
+				cprint_name("  --->");
+				if (def_menu->list) {
+					indent += 2;
+					build_conf(def_menu);
+					indent -= 2;
+				}
+			}
+			return;
+		}
+	} else {
+                if (menu == current_menu) {
+                        cprint_tag(":%p", menu);
+                        cprint_name("---%*c%s", indent + 1, ' ', menu_get_prompt(menu));
+                        goto conf_childs;
+                }
+
+		child_count++;
+		val = sym_get_tristate_value(sym);
+		if (sym_is_choice_value(sym) && val == yes) {
+			cprint_tag(":%p", menu);
+			cprint_name("   ");
+		} else {
+			switch (type) {
+			case S_BOOLEAN:
+				cprint_tag("t%p", menu);
+				if (sym_is_changable(sym))
+					cprint_name("[%c]", val == no ? ' ' : '*');
+				else
+					cprint_name(val == no ? "_ _" : "-+-");
+				break;
+			case S_TRISTATE:
+				cprint_tag("t%p", menu);
+				switch (val) {
+				case yes: ch = '*'; break;
+				case mod: ch = 'M'; break;
+				default:  ch = ' '; break;
+				}
+				if (sym_is_changable(sym))
+					cprint_name("<%c>", ch);
+				else
+					cprint_name(val == no ? "_ _" : "-+-");
+				break;
+			default:
+				cprint_tag("s%p", menu);
+				tmp = cprint_name("(%s)", sym_get_string_value(sym));
+				tmp = indent - tmp + 4;
+				if (tmp < 0)
+					tmp = 0;
+				cprint_name("%*c%s%s", tmp, ' ', menu_get_prompt(menu),
+					(sym_has_value(sym) || !sym_is_changable(sym)) ?
+					"" : " (NEW)");
+				goto conf_childs;
+			}
+		}
+		cprint_name("%*c%s%s", indent + 1, ' ', menu_get_prompt(menu),
+			(sym_has_value(sym) || !sym_is_changable(sym)) ?
+			"" : " (NEW)");
+		if (menu->prompt->type == P_MENU) {
+			cprint_name("  --->");
+			return;
+		}
+	}
+
+conf_childs:
+	indent += doint;
+	for (child = menu->list; child; child = child->next)
+		build_conf(child);
+	indent -= doint;
+}
+
+static void conf(struct menu *menu)
+{
+	struct dialog_list_item *active_item = NULL;
+	struct menu *submenu;
+	const char *prompt = menu_get_prompt(menu);
+	struct symbol *sym;
+	char active_entry[40];
+	int stat, type;
+
+	unlink("lxdialog.scrltmp");
+	active_entry[0] = 0;
+	while (1) {
+		indent = 0;
+		child_count = 0;
+  		current_menu = menu;
+		cdone(); cinit();
+		build_conf(menu);
+		if (!child_count)
+			break;
+		if (menu == &rootmenu) {
+			cmake(); cprint_tag(":"); cprint_name("--- ");
+			cmake(); cprint_tag("L"); cprint_name("Load an Alternate Configuration File");
+			cmake(); cprint_tag("S"); cprint_name("Save Configuration to an Alternate File");
+		}
+		dialog_clear();
+		stat = dialog_menu(prompt ? prompt : "Main Menu",
+				menu_instructions, rows, cols, rows - 10,
+				active_entry, item_no, items);
+		if (stat < 0)
+			return;
+
+		if (stat == 1 || stat == 255)
+			break;
+
+		active_item = first_sel_item(item_no, items);
+		if (!active_item)
+			continue;
+		active_item->selected = 0;
+		strncpy(active_entry, active_item->tag, sizeof(active_entry));
+		active_entry[sizeof(active_entry)-1] = 0;
+		type = active_entry[0];
+		if (!type)
+			continue;
+
+		sym = NULL;
+		submenu = NULL;
+		if (sscanf(active_entry + 1, "%p", &submenu) == 1)
+			sym = submenu->sym;
+
+		switch (stat) {
+		case 0:
+			switch (type) {
+			case 'm':
+				if (single_menu_mode)
+					submenu->data = (void *) (long) !submenu->data;
+				else
+					conf(submenu);
+				break;
+			case 't':
+				if (sym_is_choice(sym) && sym_get_tristate_value(sym) == yes)
+					conf_choice(submenu);
+				else if (submenu->prompt->type == P_MENU)
+					conf(submenu);
+				break;
+			case 's':
+				conf_string(submenu);
+				break;
+			case 'L':
+				conf_load();
+				break;
+			case 'S':
+				conf_save();
+				break;
+			}
+			break;
+		case 2:
+			if (sym)
+				show_help(submenu);
+			else
+				show_readme();
+			break;
+		case 3:
+			if (type == 't') {
+				if (sym_set_tristate_value(sym, yes))
+					break;
+				if (sym_set_tristate_value(sym, mod))
+					show_textbox(NULL, setmod_text, 6, 74);
+			}
+			break;
+		case 4:
+			if (type == 't')
+				sym_set_tristate_value(sym, no);
+			break;
+		case 5:
+			if (type == 't')
+				sym_set_tristate_value(sym, mod);
+			break;
+		case 6:
+			if (type == 't')
+				sym_toggle_tristate_value(sym);
+			else if (type == 'm')
+				conf(submenu);
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+static void show_textbox(const char *title, const char *text, int r, int c)
+{
+	int fd;
+
+	fd = creat(".help.tmp", 0777);
+	write(fd, text, strlen(text));
+	close(fd);
+	while (dialog_textbox(title, ".help.tmp", r, c) < 0)
+		;
+	unlink(".help.tmp");
+}
+
+static void show_helptext(const char *title, const char *text)
+{
+	show_textbox(title, text, rows, cols);
+}
+
+static void show_help(struct menu *menu)
+{
+	const char *help;
+	char *helptext;
+	struct symbol *sym = menu->sym;
+
+	help = sym->help;
+	if (!help)
+		help = nohelp_text;
+	if (sym->name) {
+		helptext = malloc(strlen(sym->name) + strlen(help) + 16);
+		sprintf(helptext, "%s:\n\n%s", sym->name, help);
+		show_helptext(menu_get_prompt(menu), helptext);
+		free(helptext);
+	} else
+		show_helptext(menu_get_prompt(menu), help);
+}
+
+static void show_readme(void)
+{
+	show_helptext("Help", top_menu_help);
+}
+
+static void conf_choice(struct menu *menu)
+{
+	const char *prompt = menu_get_prompt(menu);
+	struct menu *child;
+	struct symbol *active;
+
+	active = sym_get_choice_value(menu->sym);
+	while (1) {
+		current_menu = menu;
+		cdone(); cinit();
+		for (child = menu->list; child; child = child->next) {
+			if (!menu_is_visible(child))
+				continue;
+			cmake();
+			cprint_tag("%p", child);
+			cprint_name("%s", menu_get_prompt(child));
+			if (child->sym == sym_get_choice_value(menu->sym))
+				items[item_no - 1]->selected = 1; /* ON */
+			else if (child->sym == active)
+				items[item_no - 1]->selected = 2; /* SELECTED */
+			else
+				items[item_no - 1]->selected = 0; /* OFF */
+		}
+
+		switch (dialog_checklist(prompt ? prompt : "Main Menu",
+					radiolist_instructions, 15, 70, 6,
+					item_no, items, FLAG_RADIO)) {
+		case 0:
+			if (sscanf(first_sel_item(item_no, items)->tag, "%p", &child) != 1)
+				break;
+			sym_set_tristate_value(child->sym, yes);
+			return;
+		case 1:
+			if (sscanf(first_sel_item(item_no, items)->tag, "%p", &child) == 1) {
+				show_help(child);
+				active = child->sym;
+			} else
+				show_help(menu);
+			break;
+		case 255:
+			return;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+static void conf_string(struct menu *menu)
+{
+	const char *prompt = menu_get_prompt(menu);
+
+	while (1) {
+		char *heading;
+
+		switch (sym_get_type(menu->sym)) {
+		case S_INT:
+			heading = (char *) inputbox_instructions_int;
+			break;
+		case S_HEX:
+			heading = (char *) inputbox_instructions_hex;
+			break;
+		case S_STRING:
+			heading = (char *) inputbox_instructions_string;
+			break;
+		default:
+			heading = "Internal mconf error!";
+			/* panic? */;
+		}
+
+		switch (dialog_inputbox(prompt ? prompt : "Main Menu",
+					heading, 10, 75,
+					sym_get_string_value(menu->sym))) {
+		case 0:
+			if (sym_set_string_value(menu->sym, (const char*)dialog_input_result))
+				return;
+			show_textbox(NULL, "You have made an invalid entry.", 5, 43);
+			break;
+		case 1:
+			show_help(menu);
+			break;
+		case 255:
+			return;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+static void conf_load(void)
+{
+	while (1) {
+		switch (dialog_inputbox(NULL, load_config_text, 11, 55,
+					filename)) {
+		case 0:
+			if (!dialog_input_result[0])
+				return;
+			if (!conf_read((const char*)dialog_input_result))
+				return;
+			show_textbox(NULL, "File does not exist!", 5, 38);
+			break;
+		case 1:
+			show_helptext("Load Alternate Configuration", load_config_help);
+			break;
+		case 255:
+			return;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+static void conf_save(void)
+{
+	while (1) {
+		switch (dialog_inputbox(NULL, save_config_text, 11, 55,
+					filename)) {
+		case 0:
+			if (!dialog_input_result[0])
+				return;
+			if (!conf_write((const char*)dialog_input_result))
+				return;
+			show_textbox(NULL, "Can't create file!  Probably a nonexistent directory.", 5, 60);
+			break;
+		case 1:
+			show_helptext("Save Alternate Configuration", save_config_help);
+			break;
+		case 255:
+			return;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+static void conf_cleanup(void)
+{
+	tcsetattr(1, TCSAFLUSH, &ios_org);
+	unlink(".help.tmp");
+}
+
+static void winch_handler(int sig)
+{
+	struct winsize ws;
+
+	if (ioctl(1, TIOCGWINSZ, &ws) == -1) {
+		rows = 24;
+		cols = 80;
+	} else {
+		rows = ws.ws_row;
+		cols = ws.ws_col;
+	}
+
+	if (rows < 19 || cols < 80) {
+		end_dialog();
+		fprintf(stderr, "Your display is too small to run Menuconfig!\n");
+		fprintf(stderr, "It must be at least 19 lines by 80 columns.\n");
+		exit(1);
+	}
+
+	rows -= 4;
+	cols -= 5;
+
+}
+
+int main(int ac, char **av)
+{
+	int stat;
+	char *mode;
+	struct symbol *sym;
+
+	conf_parse(av[1]);
+	conf_read(NULL);
+
+	sym = sym_lookup("VERSION", 0);
+	sym_calc_value(sym);
+	snprintf(menu_backtitle, 128, "OpenADK v%s Configuration",
+		sym_get_string_value(sym));
+
+	mode = getenv("MENUCONFIG_MODE");
+	if (mode) {
+		if (!strcasecmp(mode, "single_menu"))
+			single_menu_mode = 1;
+	}
+
+	tcgetattr(1, &ios_org);
+	atexit(conf_cleanup);
+	init_wsize();
+	init_dialog();
+	signal(SIGWINCH, winch_handler);
+	conf(&rootmenu);
+	end_dialog();
+
+	/* Restart dialog to act more like when lxdialog was still separate */
+	init_dialog();
+	do {
+		stat = dialog_yesno(NULL,
+				"Do you wish to save your new OpenADK configuration?", 5, 60);
+	} while (stat < 0);
+	end_dialog();
+
+	if (stat == 0) {
+		conf_write(NULL);
+		printf("\n\n*** End of OpenADK configuration.\n");
+	} else
+		printf("\n\nYour OpenADK configuration changes were NOT saved.\n\n");
+
+	return 0;
+}
diff --git a/config/menu.c b/config/menu.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f6e6200ce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/config/menu.c
@@ -0,0 +1,436 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2002 Roman Zippel <zippel@linux-m68k.org>
+ * Released under the terms of the GNU GPL v2.0.
+ */
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#define LKC_DIRECT_LINK
+#include "lkc.h"
+
+struct menu rootmenu;
+struct menu *current_menu, *current_entry;
+static struct menu **last_entry_ptr;
+
+struct file *file_list;
+struct file *current_file;
+
+static void menu_warn(struct menu *menu, const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+	va_list ap;
+	va_start(ap, fmt);
+	fprintf(stderr, "%s:%d:warning: ", menu->file->name, menu->lineno);
+	vfprintf(stderr, fmt, ap);
+	fprintf(stderr, "\n");
+	va_end(ap);
+}
+
+static void prop_warn(struct property *prop, const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+	va_list ap;
+	va_start(ap, fmt);
+	fprintf(stderr, "%s:%d:warning: ", prop->file->name, prop->lineno);
+	vfprintf(stderr, fmt, ap);
+	fprintf(stderr, "\n");
+	va_end(ap);
+}
+
+void menu_init(void)
+{
+	current_entry = current_menu = &rootmenu;
+	last_entry_ptr = &rootmenu.list;
+}
+
+void menu_add_entry(struct symbol *sym)
+{
+	struct menu *menu;
+
+	menu = malloc(sizeof(*menu));
+	memset(menu, 0, sizeof(*menu));
+	menu->sym = sym;
+	menu->parent = current_menu;
+	menu->file = current_file;
+	menu->lineno = zconf_lineno();
+
+	*last_entry_ptr = menu;
+	last_entry_ptr = &menu->next;
+	current_entry = menu;
+}
+
+void menu_end_entry(void)
+{
+}
+
+void menu_add_menu(void)
+{
+	current_menu = current_entry;
+	last_entry_ptr = &current_entry->list;
+}
+
+void menu_end_menu(void)
+{
+	last_entry_ptr = &current_menu->next;
+	current_menu = current_menu->parent;
+}
+
+struct expr *menu_check_dep(struct expr *e)
+{
+	if (!e)
+		return e;
+
+	switch (e->type) {
+	case E_NOT:
+		e->left.expr = menu_check_dep(e->left.expr);
+		break;
+	case E_OR:
+	case E_AND:
+		e->left.expr = menu_check_dep(e->left.expr);
+		e->right.expr = menu_check_dep(e->right.expr);
+		break;
+	case E_SYMBOL:
+		/* change 'm' into 'm' && MODULES */
+		if (e->left.sym == &symbol_mod)
+			return expr_alloc_and(e, expr_alloc_symbol(modules_sym));
+		break;
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+	return e;
+}
+
+void menu_add_dep(struct expr *dep)
+{
+	current_entry->dep = expr_alloc_and(current_entry->dep, menu_check_dep(dep));
+}
+
+void menu_set_type(int type)
+{
+	struct symbol *sym = current_entry->sym;
+
+	if (sym->type == type)
+		return;
+	if (sym->type == S_UNKNOWN) {
+		sym->type = type;
+		return;
+	}
+	menu_warn(current_entry, "type of '%s' redefined from '%s' to '%s'\n",
+	    sym->name ? sym->name : "<choice>",
+	    sym_type_name(sym->type), sym_type_name(type));
+}
+
+struct property *menu_add_prop(enum prop_type type, char *prompt, struct expr *expr, struct expr *dep)
+{
+	struct property *prop = prop_alloc(type, current_entry->sym);
+
+	prop->menu = current_entry;
+	prop->text = prompt;
+	prop->expr = expr;
+	prop->visible.expr = menu_check_dep(dep);
+
+	if (prompt) {
+		if (current_entry->prompt)
+			menu_warn(current_entry, "prompt redefined\n");
+		current_entry->prompt = prop;
+	}
+
+	return prop;
+}
+
+void menu_add_prompt(enum prop_type type, char *prompt, struct expr *dep)
+{
+	menu_add_prop(type, prompt, NULL, dep);
+}
+
+void menu_add_expr(enum prop_type type, struct expr *expr, struct expr *dep)
+{
+	menu_add_prop(type, NULL, expr, dep);
+}
+
+void menu_add_symbol(enum prop_type type, struct symbol *sym, struct expr *dep)
+{
+	menu_add_prop(type, NULL, expr_alloc_symbol(sym), dep);
+}
+
+void sym_check_prop(struct symbol *sym)
+{
+	struct property *prop;
+	struct symbol *sym2;
+	for (prop = sym->prop; prop; prop = prop->next) {
+		switch (prop->type) {
+		case P_DEFAULT:
+			if ((sym->type == S_STRING || sym->type == S_INT || sym->type == S_HEX) &&
+			    prop->expr->type != E_SYMBOL)
+				prop_warn(prop,
+				    "default for config symbol '%'"
+				    " must be a single symbol", sym->name);
+			break;
+		case P_SELECT:
+		case P_SELECTNOT:
+			sym2 = prop_get_symbol(prop);
+			if (sym->type != S_BOOLEAN && sym->type != S_TRISTATE)
+				prop_warn(prop,
+				    "config symbol '%s' uses select, but is "
+				    "not boolean or tristate", sym->name);
+			else if (sym2->type == S_UNKNOWN)
+				prop_warn(prop,
+				    "'select' used by config symbol '%s' "
+				    "refer to undefined symbol '%s'",
+				    sym->name, sym2->name);
+			else if (sym2->type != S_BOOLEAN && sym2->type != S_TRISTATE)
+				prop_warn(prop,
+				    "'%s' has wrong type. 'select' only "
+				    "accept arguments of boolean and "
+				    "tristate type", sym2->name);
+			break;
+		case P_RANGE:
+			if (sym->type != S_INT && sym->type != S_HEX)
+				prop_warn(prop, "range is only allowed "
+				                "for int or hex symbols");
+			if (!sym_string_valid(sym, prop->expr->left.sym->name) ||
+			    !sym_string_valid(sym, prop->expr->right.sym->name))
+				prop_warn(prop, "range is invalid");
+			break;
+		default:
+			;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+void menu_finalize(struct menu *parent)
+{
+	struct menu *menu, *last_menu;
+	struct symbol *sym;
+	struct property *prop;
+	struct expr *parentdep, *basedep, *dep, *dep2, **ep;
+
+	sym = parent->sym;
+	if (parent->list) {
+		if (sym && sym_is_choice(sym)) {
+			/* find the first choice value and find out choice type */
+			for (menu = parent->list; menu; menu = menu->next) {
+				if (menu->sym) {
+					current_entry = parent;
+					menu_set_type(menu->sym->type);
+					current_entry = menu;
+					menu_set_type(sym->type);
+					break;
+				}
+			}
+			parentdep = expr_alloc_symbol(sym);
+		} else if (parent->prompt)
+			parentdep = parent->prompt->visible.expr;
+		else
+			parentdep = parent->dep;
+
+		for (menu = parent->list; menu; menu = menu->next) {
+			basedep = expr_transform(menu->dep);
+			basedep = expr_alloc_and(expr_copy(parentdep), basedep);
+			basedep = expr_eliminate_dups(basedep);
+			menu->dep = basedep;
+			if (menu->sym)
+				prop = menu->sym->prop;
+			else
+				prop = menu->prompt;
+			for (; prop; prop = prop->next) {
+				if (prop->menu != menu)
+					continue;
+				dep = expr_transform(prop->visible.expr);
+				dep = expr_alloc_and(expr_copy(basedep), dep);
+				dep = expr_eliminate_dups(dep);
+				if (menu->sym && menu->sym->type != S_TRISTATE)
+					dep = expr_trans_bool(dep);
+				prop->visible.expr = dep;
+				if (prop->type == P_SELECT) {
+					struct symbol *es = prop_get_symbol(prop);
+					es->rev_dep.expr = expr_alloc_or(es->rev_dep.expr,
+							expr_alloc_and(expr_alloc_symbol(menu->sym), expr_copy(dep)));
+				} else if (prop->type == P_SELECTNOT) {
+					struct symbol *es = prop_get_symbol(prop);
+					es->rev_dep_inv.expr = expr_alloc_or(es->rev_dep_inv.expr,
+							expr_alloc_and(expr_alloc_symbol(menu->sym), expr_copy(dep)));
+				}
+			}
+		}
+		for (menu = parent->list; menu; menu = menu->next)
+			menu_finalize(menu);
+	} else if (sym) {
+		basedep = parent->prompt ? parent->prompt->visible.expr : NULL;
+		basedep = expr_trans_compare(basedep, E_UNEQUAL, &symbol_no);
+		basedep = expr_eliminate_dups(expr_transform(basedep));
+		last_menu = NULL;
+		for (menu = parent->next; menu; menu = menu->next) {
+			dep = menu->prompt ? menu->prompt->visible.expr : menu->dep;
+			if (!expr_contains_symbol(dep, sym))
+				break;
+			if (expr_depends_symbol(dep, sym))
+				goto next;
+			dep = expr_trans_compare(dep, E_UNEQUAL, &symbol_no);
+			dep = expr_eliminate_dups(expr_transform(dep));
+			dep2 = expr_copy(basedep);
+			expr_eliminate_eq(&dep, &dep2);
+			expr_free(dep);
+			if (!expr_is_yes(dep2)) {
+				expr_free(dep2);
+				break;
+			}
+			expr_free(dep2);
+		next:
+			menu_finalize(menu);
+			menu->parent = parent;
+			last_menu = menu;
+		}
+		if (last_menu) {
+			parent->list = parent->next;
+			parent->next = last_menu->next;
+			last_menu->next = NULL;
+		}
+	}
+	for (menu = parent->list; menu; menu = menu->next) {
+		if (sym && sym_is_choice(sym) && menu->sym) {
+			menu->sym->flags |= SYMBOL_CHOICEVAL;
+			if (!menu->prompt)
+				menu_warn(menu, "choice value must have a prompt");
+			for (prop = menu->sym->prop; prop; prop = prop->next) {
+				if (prop->type == P_PROMPT && prop->menu != menu) {
+					prop_warn(prop, "choice values "
+					    "currently only support a "
+					    "single prompt");
+				}
+				if (prop->type == P_DEFAULT)
+					prop_warn(prop, "defaults for choice "
+					    "values not supported");
+			}
+			current_entry = menu;
+			menu_set_type(sym->type);
+			menu_add_symbol(P_CHOICE, sym, NULL);
+			prop = sym_get_choice_prop(sym);
+			for (ep = &prop->expr; *ep; ep = &(*ep)->left.expr)
+				;
+			*ep = expr_alloc_one(E_CHOICE, NULL);
+			(*ep)->right.sym = menu->sym;
+		}
+		if (menu->list && (!menu->prompt || !menu->prompt->text)) {
+			for (last_menu = menu->list; ; last_menu = last_menu->next) {
+				last_menu->parent = parent;
+				if (!last_menu->next)
+					break;
+			}
+			last_menu->next = menu->next;
+			menu->next = menu->list;
+			menu->list = NULL;
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (sym && !(sym->flags & SYMBOL_WARNED)) {
+		if (sym->type == S_UNKNOWN)
+			menu_warn(parent, "config symbol defined "
+			    "without type\n");
+
+		if (sym_is_choice(sym) && !parent->prompt)
+			menu_warn(parent, "choice must have a prompt\n");
+
+		/* Check properties connected to this symbol */
+		sym_check_prop(sym);
+		sym->flags |= SYMBOL_WARNED;
+	}
+
+	if (sym && !sym_is_optional(sym) && parent->prompt) {
+		sym->rev_dep.expr = expr_alloc_or(sym->rev_dep.expr,
+				expr_alloc_and(parent->prompt->visible.expr,
+					expr_alloc_symbol(&symbol_mod)));
+	}
+}
+
+bool menu_is_visible(struct menu *menu)
+{
+	struct menu *child;
+	struct symbol *sym;
+	tristate visible;
+
+	if (!menu->prompt)
+		return false;
+	sym = menu->sym;
+	if (sym) {
+		sym_calc_value(sym);
+		visible = menu->prompt->visible.tri;
+	} else
+		visible = menu->prompt->visible.tri = expr_calc_value(menu->prompt->visible.expr);
+
+	if (visible != no)
+		return true;
+	if (!sym || sym_get_tristate_value(menu->sym) == no)
+		return false;
+
+	for (child = menu->list; child; child = child->next)
+		if (menu_is_visible(child))
+			return true;
+	return false;
+}
+
+const char *menu_get_prompt(struct menu *menu)
+{
+	if (menu->prompt)
+		return menu->prompt->text;
+	else if (menu->sym)
+		return menu->sym->name;
+	return NULL;
+}
+
+struct menu *menu_get_root_menu(struct menu *menu)
+{
+	return &rootmenu;
+}
+
+struct menu *menu_get_parent_menu(struct menu *menu)
+{
+	enum prop_type type;
+
+	for (; menu != &rootmenu; menu = menu->parent) {
+		type = menu->prompt ? menu->prompt->type : 0;
+		if (type == P_MENU)
+			break;
+	}
+	return menu;
+}
+
+struct file *file_lookup(const char *name)
+{
+	struct file *file;
+
+	for (file = file_list; file; file = file->next) {
+		if (!strcmp(name, file->name))
+			return file;
+	}
+
+	file = malloc(sizeof(*file));
+	memset(file, 0, sizeof(*file));
+	file->name = strdup(name);
+	file->next = file_list;
+	file_list = file;
+	return file;
+}
+
+int file_write_dep(const char *name)
+{
+	struct file *file;
+	FILE *out;
+
+	if (!name)
+		name = ".config.cmd";
+	out = fopen(".config.tmp", "w");
+	if (!out)
+		return 1;
+	fprintf(out, "deps_config := \\\n");
+	for (file = file_list; file; file = file->next) {
+		if (file->next)
+			fprintf(out, "\t%s \\\n", file->name);
+		else
+			fprintf(out, "\t%s\n", file->name);
+	}
+	fprintf(out, "\n.config include/config.h: $(deps_config)\n\n$(deps_config):\n");
+	fclose(out);
+	rename(".config.tmp", name);
+	return 0;
+}
+
diff --git a/config/menubox.c b/config/menubox.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c2fd755b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/config/menubox.c
@@ -0,0 +1,438 @@
+/*
+ *  menubox.c -- implements the menu box
+ *
+ *  ORIGINAL AUTHOR: Savio Lam (lam836@cs.cuhk.hk)
+ *  MODIFIED FOR LINUX KERNEL CONFIG BY: William Roadcap (roadcapw@cfw.com)
+ *
+ *  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ *  modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ *  as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ *  of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ *  This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ *  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ *  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ *  GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ *  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ *  along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ *  Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+ */
+
+/*
+ *  Changes by Clifford Wolf (god@clifford.at)
+ *
+ *  [ 1998-06-13 ]
+ *
+ *    *)  A bugfix for the Page-Down problem
+ *
+ *    *)  Formerly when I used Page Down and Page Up, the cursor would be set
+ *        to the first position in the menu box.  Now lxdialog is a bit
+ *        smarter and works more like other menu systems (just have a look at
+ *        it).
+ *
+ *    *)  Formerly if I selected something my scrolling would be broken because
+ *        lxdialog is re-invoked by the Menuconfig shell script, can't
+ *        remember the last scrolling position, and just sets it so that the
+ *        cursor is at the bottom of the box.  Now it writes the temporary file
+ *        lxdialog.scrltmp which contains this information. The file is
+ *        deleted by lxdialog if the user leaves a submenu or enters a new
+ *        one, but it would be nice if Menuconfig could make another "rm -f"
+ *        just to be sure.  Just try it out - you will recognise a difference!
+ *
+ *  [ 1998-06-14 ]
+ *
+ *    *)  Now lxdialog is crash-safe against broken "lxdialog.scrltmp" files
+ *        and menus change their size on the fly.
+ *
+ *    *)  If for some reason the last scrolling position is not saved by
+ *        lxdialog, it sets the scrolling so that the selected item is in the
+ *        middle of the menu box, not at the bottom.
+ *
+ * 02 January 1999, Michael Elizabeth Chastain (mec@shout.net)
+ * Reset 'scroll' to 0 if the value from lxdialog.scrltmp is bogus.
+ * This fixes a bug in Menuconfig where using ' ' to descend into menus
+ * would leave mis-synchronized lxdialog.scrltmp files lying around,
+ * fscanf would read in 'scroll', and eventually that value would get used.
+ */
+
+#include "dialog.h"
+
+static int menu_width, item_x;
+
+/*
+ * Print menu item
+ */
+static void
+print_item (WINDOW * win, const char *item, int choice, int selected, int hotkey)
+{
+    int j;
+    char menu_item[menu_width+1];
+
+    strncpy(menu_item, item, menu_width);
+    menu_item[menu_width] = 0;
+    j = first_alpha(menu_item, "YyNnMm");
+
+    /* Clear 'residue' of last item */
+    wattrset (win, menubox_attr);
+    wmove (win, choice, 0);
+#if OLD_NCURSES
+    {
+        int i;
+        for (i = 0; i < menu_width; i++)
+	    waddch (win, ' ');
+    }
+#else
+    wclrtoeol(win);
+#endif
+    wattrset (win, selected ? item_selected_attr : item_attr);
+    mvwaddstr (win, choice, item_x, menu_item);
+#if 0
+    if (hotkey) {
+    	wattrset (win, selected ? tag_key_selected_attr : tag_key_attr);
+    	mvwaddch(win, choice, item_x+j, menu_item[j]);
+    }
+#endif
+    if (selected) {
+	wmove (win, choice, item_x+1);
+	wrefresh (win);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ * Print the scroll indicators.
+ */
+static void
+print_arrows (WINDOW * win, int item_no, int scroll,
+		int y, int x, int height)
+{
+    int cur_y, cur_x;
+
+    getyx(win, cur_y, cur_x);
+
+    wmove(win, y, x);
+
+    if (scroll > 0) {
+	wattrset (win, uarrow_attr);
+	waddch (win, ACS_UARROW);
+	waddstr (win, "(-)");
+    }
+    else {
+	wattrset (win, menubox_attr);
+	waddch (win, ACS_HLINE);
+	waddch (win, ACS_HLINE);
+	waddch (win, ACS_HLINE);
+	waddch (win, ACS_HLINE);
+    }
+
+   y = y + height + 1;
+   wmove(win, y, x);
+
+   if ((height < item_no) && (scroll + height < item_no)) {
+	wattrset (win, darrow_attr);
+	waddch (win, ACS_DARROW);
+	waddstr (win, "(+)");
+    }
+    else {
+	wattrset (win, menubox_border_attr);
+	waddch (win, ACS_HLINE);
+	waddch (win, ACS_HLINE);
+	waddch (win, ACS_HLINE);
+	waddch (win, ACS_HLINE);
+   }
+
+   wmove(win, cur_y, cur_x);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Display the termination buttons.
+ */
+static void
+print_buttons (WINDOW *win, int height, int width, int selected)
+{
+    int x = width / 2 - 16;
+    int y = height - 2;
+
+    print_button (win, "Select", y, x, selected == 0);
+    print_button (win, " Exit ", y, x + 12, selected == 1);
+    print_button (win, " Help ", y, x + 24, selected == 2);
+
+    wmove(win, y, x+1+12*selected);
+    wrefresh (win);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Display a menu for choosing among a number of options
+ */
+int
+dialog_menu (const char *title, const char *prompt, int height, int width,
+		int menu_height, const char *current, int item_no,
+		struct dialog_list_item ** items)
+{
+    int i, j, x, y, box_x, box_y;
+    int key = 0, button = 0, scroll = 0, choice = 0, first_item = 0, max_choice;
+    WINDOW *dialog, *menu;
+    FILE *f;
+
+    max_choice = MIN (menu_height, item_no);
+
+    /* center dialog box on screen */
+    x = (COLS - width) / 2;
+    y = (LINES - height) / 2;
+
+    draw_shadow (stdscr, y, x, height, width);
+
+    dialog = newwin (height, width, y, x);
+    keypad (dialog, TRUE);
+
+    draw_box (dialog, 0, 0, height, width, dialog_attr, border_attr);
+    wattrset (dialog, border_attr);
+    mvwaddch (dialog, height - 3, 0, ACS_LTEE);
+    for (i = 0; i < width - 2; i++)
+	waddch (dialog, ACS_HLINE);
+    wattrset (dialog, dialog_attr);
+    wbkgdset (dialog, dialog_attr & A_COLOR);
+    waddch (dialog, ACS_RTEE);
+
+    if (title != NULL && strlen(title) >= width-2 ) {
+	/* truncate long title -- mec */
+	char * title2 = malloc(width-2+1);
+	memcpy( title2, title, width-2 );
+	title2[width-2] = '\0';
+	title = title2;
+    }
+
+    if (title != NULL) {
+	wattrset (dialog, title_attr);
+	mvwaddch (dialog, 0, (width - strlen(title))/2 - 1, ' ');
+	waddstr (dialog, (char *)title);
+	waddch (dialog, ' ');
+    }
+
+    wattrset (dialog, dialog_attr);
+    print_autowrap (dialog, prompt, width - 2, 1, 3);
+
+    menu_width = width - 6;
+    box_y = height - menu_height - 5;
+    box_x = (width - menu_width) / 2 - 1;
+
+    /* create new window for the menu */
+    menu = subwin (dialog, menu_height, menu_width,
+		y + box_y + 1, x + box_x + 1);
+    keypad (menu, TRUE);
+
+    /* draw a box around the menu items */
+    draw_box (dialog, box_y, box_x, menu_height + 2, menu_width + 2,
+	      menubox_border_attr, menubox_attr);
+
+    /*
+     * Find length of longest item in order to center menu.
+     * Set 'choice' to default item.
+     */
+    item_x = 0;
+    for (i = 0; i < item_no; i++) {
+	item_x = MAX (item_x, MIN(menu_width, strlen (items[i]->name) + 2));
+	if (strcmp(current, items[i]->tag) == 0) choice = i;
+    }
+
+    item_x = (menu_width - item_x) / 2;
+
+    /* get the scroll info from the temp file */
+    if ( (f=fopen("lxdialog.scrltmp","r")) != NULL ) {
+	if ( (fscanf(f,"%d\n",&scroll) == 1) && (scroll <= choice) &&
+	     (scroll+max_choice > choice) && (scroll >= 0) &&
+	     (scroll+max_choice <= item_no) ) {
+	    first_item = scroll;
+	    choice = choice - scroll;
+	    fclose(f);
+	} else {
+	    scroll=0;
+	    remove("lxdialog.scrltmp");
+	    fclose(f);
+	    f=NULL;
+	}
+    }
+    if ( (choice >= max_choice) || (f==NULL && choice >= max_choice/2) ) {
+	if (choice >= item_no-max_choice/2)
+	    scroll = first_item = item_no-max_choice;
+	else
+	    scroll = first_item = choice - max_choice/2;
+	choice = choice - scroll;
+    }
+
+    /* Print the menu */
+    for (i=0; i < max_choice; i++) {
+	print_item (menu, items[first_item + i]->name, i, i == choice,
+                    (items[first_item + i]->tag[0] != ':'));
+    }
+
+    wnoutrefresh (menu);
+
+    print_arrows(dialog, item_no, scroll,
+		 box_y, box_x+item_x+1, menu_height);
+
+    print_buttons (dialog, height, width, 0);
+    wmove (menu, choice, item_x+1);
+    wrefresh (menu);
+
+    while (key != ESC) {
+	key = wgetch(menu);
+
+	if (key < 256 && isalpha(key)) key = tolower(key);
+
+	if (strchr("ynm", key))
+		i = max_choice;
+	else {
+        for (i = choice+1; i < max_choice; i++) {
+		j = first_alpha(items[scroll + i]->name, "YyNnMm>");
+		if (key == tolower(items[scroll + i]->name[j]))
+                	break;
+	}
+	if (i == max_choice)
+       		for (i = 0; i < max_choice; i++) {
+			j = first_alpha(items[scroll + i]->name, "YyNnMm>");
+			if (key == tolower(items[scroll + i]->name[j]))
+                		break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (i < max_choice ||
+            key == KEY_UP || key == KEY_DOWN ||
+            key == '-' || key == '+' ||
+            key == KEY_PPAGE || key == KEY_NPAGE) {
+
+            print_item (menu, items[scroll + choice]->name, choice, FALSE,
+                       (items[scroll + choice]->tag[0] != ':'));
+
+	    if (key == KEY_UP || key == '-') {
+                if (choice < 2 && scroll) {
+	            /* Scroll menu down */
+                    scrollok (menu, TRUE);
+                    wscrl (menu, -1);
+                    scrollok (menu, FALSE);
+
+                    scroll--;
+
+                    print_item (menu, items[scroll]->name, 0, FALSE,
+                               (items[scroll]->tag[0] != ':'));
+		} else
+		    choice = MAX(choice - 1, 0);
+
+	    } else if (key == KEY_DOWN || key == '+')  {
+
+		print_item (menu, items[scroll + choice]->name, choice, FALSE,
+                                (items[scroll + choice]->tag[0] != ':'));
+
+                if ((choice > max_choice-3) &&
+                    (scroll + max_choice < item_no)
+                   ) {
+		    /* Scroll menu up */
+		    scrollok (menu, TRUE);
+                    scroll (menu);
+                    scrollok (menu, FALSE);
+
+                    scroll++;
+
+                    print_item (menu, items[scroll + max_choice - 1]->name,
+                               max_choice-1, FALSE,
+                               (items[scroll + max_choice - 1]->tag[0] != ':'));
+                } else
+                    choice = MIN(choice+1, max_choice-1);
+
+	    } else if (key == KEY_PPAGE) {
+	        scrollok (menu, TRUE);
+                for (i=0; (i < max_choice); i++) {
+                    if (scroll > 0) {
+                	wscrl (menu, -1);
+                	scroll--;
+                	print_item (menu, items[scroll]->name, 0, FALSE,
+                	(items[scroll]->tag[0] != ':'));
+                    } else {
+                        if (choice > 0)
+                            choice--;
+                    }
+                }
+                scrollok (menu, FALSE);
+
+            } else if (key == KEY_NPAGE) {
+                for (i=0; (i < max_choice); i++) {
+                    if (scroll+max_choice < item_no) {
+			scrollok (menu, TRUE);
+			scroll(menu);
+			scrollok (menu, FALSE);
+                	scroll++;
+                	print_item (menu, items[scroll + max_choice - 1]->name,
+			            max_choice-1, FALSE,
+			            (items[scroll + max_choice - 1]->tag[0] != ':'));
+		    } else {
+			if (choice+1 < max_choice)
+			    choice++;
+		    }
+                }
+
+            } else
+                choice = i;
+
+            print_item (menu, items[scroll + choice]->name, choice, TRUE,
+                       (items[scroll + choice]->tag[0] != ':'));
+
+            print_arrows(dialog, item_no, scroll,
+                         box_y, box_x+item_x+1, menu_height);
+
+            wnoutrefresh (dialog);
+            wrefresh (menu);
+
+	    continue;		/* wait for another key press */
+        }
+
+	switch (key) {
+	case KEY_LEFT:
+	case TAB:
+	case KEY_RIGHT:
+	    button = ((key == KEY_LEFT ? --button : ++button) < 0)
+			? 2 : (button > 2 ? 0 : button);
+
+	    print_buttons(dialog, height, width, button);
+	    wrefresh (menu);
+	    break;
+	case ' ':
+	case 's':
+	case 'y':
+	case 'n':
+	case 'm':
+	    /* save scroll info */
+	    if ( (f=fopen("lxdialog.scrltmp","w")) != NULL ) {
+		fprintf(f,"%d\n",scroll);
+		fclose(f);
+	    }
+	    delwin (dialog);
+            items[scroll + choice]->selected = 1;
+            switch (key) {
+            case 's': return 3;
+            case 'y': return 3;
+            case 'n': return 4;
+            case 'm': return 5;
+            case ' ': return 6;
+            }
+	    return 0;
+	case 'h':
+	case '?':
+	    button = 2;
+	case '\n':
+	    delwin (dialog);
+	    items[scroll + choice]->selected = 1;
+
+	    remove("lxdialog.scrltmp");
+	    return button;
+	case 'e':
+	case 'x':
+	    key = ESC;
+	case ESC:
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+
+    delwin (dialog);
+    remove("lxdialog.scrltmp");
+    return -1;			/* ESC pressed */
+}
diff --git a/config/msgbox.c b/config/msgbox.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..93692e1fb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/config/msgbox.c
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+/*
+ *  msgbox.c -- implements the message box and info box
+ *
+ *  ORIGINAL AUTHOR: Savio Lam (lam836@cs.cuhk.hk)
+ *  MODIFIED FOR LINUX KERNEL CONFIG BY: William Roadcap (roadcapw@cfw.com)
+ *
+ *  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ *  modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ *  as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ *  of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ *  This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ *  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ *  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ *  GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ *  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ *  along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ *  Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+ */
+
+#include "dialog.h"
+
+/*
+ * Display a message box. Program will pause and display an "OK" button
+ * if the parameter 'pause' is non-zero.
+ */
+int
+dialog_msgbox (const char *title, const char *prompt, int height, int width,
+		int pause)
+{
+    int i, x, y, key = 0;
+    WINDOW *dialog;
+
+    /* center dialog box on screen */
+    x = (COLS - width) / 2;
+    y = (LINES - height) / 2;
+
+    draw_shadow (stdscr, y, x, height, width);
+
+    dialog = newwin (height, width, y, x);
+    keypad (dialog, TRUE);
+
+    draw_box (dialog, 0, 0, height, width, dialog_attr, border_attr);
+
+    if (title != NULL && strlen(title) >= width-2 ) {
+	/* truncate long title -- mec */
+	char * title2 = malloc(width-2+1);
+	memcpy( title2, title, width-2 );
+	title2[width-2] = '\0';
+	title = title2;
+    }
+
+    if (title != NULL) {
+	wattrset (dialog, title_attr);
+	mvwaddch (dialog, 0, (width - strlen(title))/2 - 1, ' ');
+	waddstr (dialog, (char *)title);
+	waddch (dialog, ' ');
+    }
+    wattrset (dialog, dialog_attr);
+    print_autowrap (dialog, prompt, width - 2, 1, 2);
+
+    if (pause) {
+	wattrset (dialog, border_attr);
+	mvwaddch (dialog, height - 3, 0, ACS_LTEE);
+	for (i = 0; i < width - 2; i++)
+	    waddch (dialog, ACS_HLINE);
+	wattrset (dialog, dialog_attr);
+	waddch (dialog, ACS_RTEE);
+
+	print_button (dialog, "  Ok  ",
+		      height - 2, width / 2 - 4, TRUE);
+
+	wrefresh (dialog);
+	while (key != ESC && key != '\n' && key != ' ' &&
+               key != 'O' && key != 'o' && key != 'X' && key != 'x')
+	    key = wgetch (dialog);
+    } else {
+	key = '\n';
+	wrefresh (dialog);
+    }
+
+    delwin (dialog);
+    return key == ESC ? -1 : 0;
+}
diff --git a/config/symbol.c b/config/symbol.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b9d2c3d2a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/config/symbol.c
@@ -0,0 +1,782 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2002 Roman Zippel <zippel@linux-m68k.org>
+ * Released under the terms of the GNU GPL v2.0.
+ */
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <sys/utsname.h>
+
+#define LKC_DIRECT_LINK
+#include "lkc.h"
+
+extern int output_mode;
+
+struct symbol symbol_yes = {
+	.name = "y",
+	.curr = { "y", yes },
+	.flags = SYMBOL_YES|SYMBOL_VALID,
+}, symbol_mod = {
+	.name = "m",
+	.curr = { "m", mod },
+	.flags = SYMBOL_MOD|SYMBOL_VALID,
+}, symbol_no = {
+	.name = "n",
+	.curr = { "n", no },
+	.flags = SYMBOL_NO|SYMBOL_VALID,
+}, symbol_empty = {
+	.name = "",
+	.curr = { "", no },
+	.flags = SYMBOL_VALID,
+};
+
+int sym_change_count;
+struct symbol *modules_sym;
+tristate modules_val;
+
+void sym_add_default(struct symbol *sym, const char *def)
+{
+	struct property *prop = prop_alloc(P_DEFAULT, sym);
+
+	prop->expr = expr_alloc_symbol(sym_lookup(def, 1));
+}
+
+void sym_init(void)
+{
+	struct symbol *sym;
+	char *p;
+	static bool inited = false;
+
+	if (inited)
+		return;
+	inited = true;
+
+	sym = sym_lookup("VERSION", 0);
+	sym->type = S_STRING;
+	sym->flags |= SYMBOL_AUTO;
+	p = getenv("VERSION");
+	if (p)
+		sym_add_default(sym, p);
+
+	sym = sym_lookup("TARGET_ARCH", 0);
+	sym->type = S_STRING;
+	sym->flags |= SYMBOL_AUTO;
+	p = getenv("TARGET_ARCH");
+	if (p)
+		sym_add_default(sym, p);
+
+}
+
+enum symbol_type sym_get_type(struct symbol *sym)
+{
+	enum symbol_type type = sym->type;
+
+	if (type == S_TRISTATE) {
+		if (sym_is_choice_value(sym) && sym->visible == yes)
+			type = S_BOOLEAN;
+		else if (modules_val == no)
+			type = S_BOOLEAN;
+	}
+	return type;
+}
+
+const char *sym_type_name(enum symbol_type type)
+{
+	switch (type) {
+	case S_BOOLEAN:
+		return "boolean";
+	case S_TRISTATE:
+		return "tristate";
+	case S_INT:
+		return "integer";
+	case S_HEX:
+		return "hex";
+	case S_STRING:
+		return "string";
+	case S_UNKNOWN:
+		return "unknown";
+	case S_OTHER:
+		break;
+	}
+	return "???";
+}
+
+struct property *sym_get_choice_prop(struct symbol *sym)
+{
+	struct property *prop;
+
+	for_all_choices(sym, prop)
+		return prop;
+	return NULL;
+}
+
+struct property *sym_get_default_prop(struct symbol *sym)
+{
+	struct property *prop;
+
+	for_all_defaults(sym, prop) {
+		prop->visible.tri = expr_calc_value(prop->visible.expr);
+		if (prop->visible.tri != no || output_mode)
+			return prop;
+	}
+	return NULL;
+}
+
+struct property *sym_get_range_prop(struct symbol *sym)
+{
+	struct property *prop;
+
+	for_all_properties(sym, prop, P_RANGE) {
+		prop->visible.tri = expr_calc_value(prop->visible.expr);
+		if (prop->visible.tri != no)
+			return prop;
+	}
+	return NULL;
+}
+
+static void sym_calc_visibility(struct symbol *sym)
+{
+	struct property *prop;
+	tristate tri;
+	bool deselected = false;
+
+	/* any prompt visible? */
+	tri = no;
+	for_all_prompts(sym, prop) {
+		prop->visible.tri = expr_calc_value(prop->visible.expr);
+		tri = E_OR(tri, prop->visible.tri);
+	}
+	if (tri == mod && (sym->type != S_TRISTATE || modules_val == no))
+		tri = yes;
+	if (sym->rev_dep_inv.expr && (expr_calc_value(sym->rev_dep_inv.expr) == yes)) {
+		tri = no;
+		deselected = true;
+	}
+	if (sym->visible != tri) {
+		sym->visible = tri;
+		sym_set_changed(sym);
+	}
+	if (sym_is_choice_value(sym) || deselected)
+		return;
+	tri = no;
+	if (sym->rev_dep.expr)
+		tri = expr_calc_value(sym->rev_dep.expr);
+	if (tri == mod && sym_get_type(sym) == S_BOOLEAN)
+		tri = yes;
+	if (sym->rev_dep.tri != tri) {
+		sym->rev_dep.tri = tri;
+		sym_set_changed(sym);
+	}
+}
+
+static struct symbol *sym_calc_choice(struct symbol *sym)
+{
+	struct symbol *def_sym;
+	struct property *prop;
+	struct expr *e;
+
+	/* is the user choice visible? */
+	def_sym = sym->user.val;
+	if (def_sym) {
+		sym_calc_visibility(def_sym);
+		if (def_sym->visible != no)
+			return def_sym;
+	}
+
+	/* any of the defaults visible? */
+	for_all_defaults(sym, prop) {
+		prop->visible.tri = expr_calc_value(prop->visible.expr);
+		if (prop->visible.tri == no)
+			continue;
+		def_sym = prop_get_symbol(prop);
+		sym_calc_visibility(def_sym);
+		if (def_sym->visible != no)
+			return def_sym;
+	}
+
+	/* just get the first visible value */
+	prop = sym_get_choice_prop(sym);
+	for (e = prop->expr; e; e = e->left.expr) {
+		def_sym = e->right.sym;
+		sym_calc_visibility(def_sym);
+		if (def_sym->visible != no)
+			return def_sym;
+	}
+
+	/* no choice? reset tristate value */
+	sym->curr.tri = no;
+	return NULL;
+}
+
+void sym_calc_value(struct symbol *sym)
+{
+	struct symbol_value newval, oldval;
+	struct property *prop;
+	struct expr *e;
+
+	if (!sym)
+		return;
+
+	if (sym->flags & SYMBOL_VALID)
+		return;
+	sym->flags |= SYMBOL_VALID;
+
+	oldval = sym->curr;
+
+	switch (sym->type) {
+	case S_INT:
+	case S_HEX:
+	case S_STRING:
+		newval = symbol_empty.curr;
+		break;
+	case S_BOOLEAN:
+	case S_TRISTATE:
+		newval = symbol_no.curr;
+		break;
+	default:
+		sym->curr.val = sym->name;
+		sym->curr.tri = no;
+		return;
+	}
+	if (!sym_is_choice_value(sym))
+		sym->flags &= ~SYMBOL_WRITE;
+
+	sym_calc_visibility(sym);
+
+	/* set default if recursively called */
+	sym->curr = newval;
+
+	switch (sym_get_type(sym)) {
+	case S_BOOLEAN:
+	case S_TRISTATE:
+		if (sym_is_choice_value(sym) && sym->visible == yes) {
+			prop = sym_get_choice_prop(sym);
+			newval.tri = (prop_get_symbol(prop)->curr.val == sym) ? yes : no;
+		} else if (sym->rev_dep_inv.expr && (expr_calc_value(sym->rev_dep_inv.expr) == yes)) {
+			newval.tri = no;
+		} else if (E_OR(sym->visible, sym->rev_dep.tri) != no) {
+			sym->flags |= SYMBOL_WRITE;
+			if (sym_has_value(sym))
+				newval.tri = sym->user.tri;
+			else if (!sym_is_choice(sym)) {
+				prop = sym_get_default_prop(sym);
+				if (prop)
+					newval.tri = expr_calc_value(prop->expr);
+			}
+			newval.tri = E_OR(E_AND(newval.tri, sym->visible), sym->rev_dep.tri);
+		} else if (!sym_is_choice(sym)) {
+			prop = sym_get_default_prop(sym);
+			if (prop) {
+				sym->flags |= SYMBOL_WRITE;
+				newval.tri = expr_calc_value(prop->expr);
+			}
+		}
+		if (newval.tri == mod && sym_get_type(sym) == S_BOOLEAN)
+			newval.tri = yes;
+		break;
+	case S_STRING:
+	case S_HEX:
+	case S_INT:
+		if (sym->visible != no) {
+			sym->flags |= SYMBOL_WRITE;
+			if (sym_has_value(sym)) {
+				newval.val = sym->user.val;
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+		prop = sym_get_default_prop(sym);
+		if (prop) {
+			struct symbol *ds = prop_get_symbol(prop);
+			if (ds) {
+				sym->flags |= SYMBOL_WRITE;
+				sym_calc_value(ds);
+				newval.val = ds->curr.val;
+			}
+		}
+		break;
+	default:
+		;
+	}
+
+	sym->curr = newval;
+	if (sym_is_choice(sym) && newval.tri == yes)
+		sym->curr.val = sym_calc_choice(sym);
+
+	if (memcmp(&oldval, &sym->curr, sizeof(oldval)))
+		sym_set_changed(sym);
+	if (modules_sym == sym)
+		modules_val = modules_sym->curr.tri;
+
+	if (sym_is_choice(sym)) {
+		int flags = sym->flags & (SYMBOL_CHANGED | SYMBOL_WRITE);
+		prop = sym_get_choice_prop(sym);
+		for (e = prop->expr; e; e = e->left.expr) {
+			e->right.sym->flags |= flags;
+			if (flags & SYMBOL_CHANGED)
+				sym_set_changed(e->right.sym);
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+void sym_clear_all_valid(void)
+{
+	struct symbol *sym;
+	int i;
+
+	for_all_symbols(i, sym)
+		sym->flags &= ~SYMBOL_VALID;
+	sym_change_count++;
+	if (modules_sym)
+		sym_calc_value(modules_sym);
+}
+
+void sym_set_changed(struct symbol *sym)
+{
+	struct property *prop;
+
+	sym->flags |= SYMBOL_CHANGED;
+	for (prop = sym->prop; prop; prop = prop->next) {
+		if (prop->menu)
+			prop->menu->flags |= MENU_CHANGED;
+	}
+}
+
+void sym_set_all_changed(void)
+{
+	struct symbol *sym;
+	int i;
+
+	for_all_symbols(i, sym)
+		sym_set_changed(sym);
+}
+
+bool sym_tristate_within_range(struct symbol *sym, tristate val)
+{
+	int type = sym_get_type(sym);
+
+	if (sym->visible == no)
+		return false;
+
+	if (type != S_BOOLEAN && type != S_TRISTATE)
+		return false;
+
+	if (type == S_BOOLEAN && val == mod)
+		return false;
+	if (sym->visible <= sym->rev_dep.tri)
+		return false;
+	if (sym_is_choice_value(sym) && sym->visible == yes)
+		return val == yes;
+	return val >= sym->rev_dep.tri && val <= sym->visible;
+}
+
+bool sym_set_tristate_value(struct symbol *sym, tristate val)
+{
+	tristate oldval = sym_get_tristate_value(sym);
+
+	if (oldval != val && !sym_tristate_within_range(sym, val))
+		return false;
+
+	if (sym->flags & SYMBOL_NEW) {
+		sym->flags &= ~SYMBOL_NEW;
+		sym_set_changed(sym);
+	}
+	if (sym_is_choice_value(sym) && val == yes) {
+		struct symbol *cs = prop_get_symbol(sym_get_choice_prop(sym));
+
+		cs->user.val = sym;
+		cs->flags &= ~SYMBOL_NEW;
+	}
+
+	sym->user.tri = val;
+	if (oldval != val) {
+		sym_clear_all_valid();
+		if (sym == modules_sym)
+			sym_set_all_changed();
+	}
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+tristate sym_toggle_tristate_value(struct symbol *sym)
+{
+	tristate oldval, newval;
+
+	oldval = newval = sym_get_tristate_value(sym);
+	do {
+		switch (newval) {
+		case no:
+			newval = mod;
+			break;
+		case mod:
+			newval = yes;
+			break;
+		case yes:
+			newval = no;
+			break;
+		}
+		if (sym_set_tristate_value(sym, newval))
+			break;
+	} while (oldval != newval);
+	return newval;
+}
+
+bool sym_string_valid(struct symbol *sym, const char *str)
+{
+	char ch;
+
+	switch (sym->type) {
+	case S_STRING:
+		return true;
+	case S_INT:
+		ch = *str++;
+		if (ch == '-')
+			ch = *str++;
+		if (!isdigit(ch))
+			return false;
+		if (ch == '0' && *str != 0)
+			return false;
+		while ((ch = *str++)) {
+			if (!isdigit(ch))
+				return false;
+		}
+		return true;
+	case S_HEX:
+		if (str[0] == '0' && (str[1] == 'x' || str[1] == 'X'))
+			str += 2;
+		ch = *str++;
+		do {
+			if (!isxdigit(ch))
+				return false;
+		} while ((ch = *str++));
+		return true;
+	case S_BOOLEAN:
+	case S_TRISTATE:
+		switch (str[0]) {
+		case 'y': case 'Y':
+		case 'm': case 'M':
+		case 'n': case 'N':
+			return true;
+		}
+		return false;
+	default:
+		return false;
+	}
+}
+
+bool sym_string_within_range(struct symbol *sym, const char *str)
+{
+	struct property *prop;
+	int val;
+
+	switch (sym->type) {
+	case S_STRING:
+		return sym_string_valid(sym, str);
+	case S_INT:
+		if (!sym_string_valid(sym, str))
+			return false;
+		prop = sym_get_range_prop(sym);
+		if (!prop)
+			return true;
+		val = strtol(str, NULL, 10);
+		return val >= strtol(prop->expr->left.sym->name, NULL, 10) &&
+		       val <= strtol(prop->expr->right.sym->name, NULL, 10);
+	case S_HEX:
+		if (!sym_string_valid(sym, str))
+			return false;
+		prop = sym_get_range_prop(sym);
+		if (!prop)
+			return true;
+		val = strtol(str, NULL, 16);
+		return val >= strtol(prop->expr->left.sym->name, NULL, 16) &&
+		       val <= strtol(prop->expr->right.sym->name, NULL, 16);
+	case S_BOOLEAN:
+	case S_TRISTATE:
+		switch (str[0]) {
+		case 'y': case 'Y':
+			return sym_tristate_within_range(sym, yes);
+		case 'm': case 'M':
+			return sym_tristate_within_range(sym, mod);
+		case 'n': case 'N':
+			return sym_tristate_within_range(sym, no);
+		}
+		return false;
+	default:
+		return false;
+	}
+}
+
+bool sym_set_string_value(struct symbol *sym, const char *newval)
+{
+	const char *oldval;
+	char *val;
+	int size;
+
+	switch (sym->type) {
+	case S_BOOLEAN:
+	case S_TRISTATE:
+		switch (newval[0]) {
+		case 'y': case 'Y':
+			return sym_set_tristate_value(sym, yes);
+		case 'm': case 'M':
+			return sym_set_tristate_value(sym, mod);
+		case 'n': case 'N':
+			return sym_set_tristate_value(sym, no);
+		}
+		return false;
+	default:
+		;
+	}
+
+	if (!sym_string_within_range(sym, newval))
+		return false;
+
+	if (sym->flags & SYMBOL_NEW) {
+		sym->flags &= ~SYMBOL_NEW;
+		sym_set_changed(sym);
+	}
+
+	oldval = sym->user.val;
+	size = strlen(newval) + 1;
+	if (sym->type == S_HEX && (newval[0] != '0' || (newval[1] != 'x' && newval[1] != 'X'))) {
+		size += 2;
+		sym->user.val = val = malloc(size);
+		*val++ = '0';
+		*val++ = 'x';
+	} else if (!oldval || strcmp(oldval, newval))
+		sym->user.val = val = malloc(size);
+	else
+		return true;
+
+	strcpy(val, newval);
+	free((void *)oldval);
+	sym_clear_all_valid();
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+const char *sym_get_string_value(struct symbol *sym)
+{
+	tristate val;
+
+	switch (sym->type) {
+	case S_BOOLEAN:
+	case S_TRISTATE:
+		val = sym_get_tristate_value(sym);
+		switch (val) {
+		case no:
+			return "n";
+		case mod:
+			return "m";
+		case yes:
+			return "y";
+		}
+		break;
+	default:
+		;
+	}
+	return (const char *)sym->curr.val;
+}
+
+bool sym_is_changable(struct symbol *sym)
+{
+	return sym->visible > sym->rev_dep.tri;
+}
+
+struct symbol *sym_lookup(const char *name, int isconst)
+{
+	struct symbol *symbol;
+	const char *ptr;
+	char *new_name;
+	int hash = 0;
+
+	if (name) {
+		if (name[0] && !name[1]) {
+			switch (name[0]) {
+			case 'y': return &symbol_yes;
+			case 'm': return &symbol_mod;
+			case 'n': return &symbol_no;
+			}
+		}
+		for (ptr = name; *ptr; ptr++)
+			hash += *ptr;
+		hash &= 0xff;
+
+		for (symbol = symbol_hash[hash]; symbol; symbol = symbol->next) {
+			if (!strcmp(symbol->name, name)) {
+				if ((isconst && symbol->flags & SYMBOL_CONST) ||
+				    (!isconst && !(symbol->flags & SYMBOL_CONST)))
+					return symbol;
+			}
+		}
+		new_name = strdup(name);
+	} else {
+		new_name = NULL;
+		hash = 256;
+	}
+
+	symbol = malloc(sizeof(*symbol));
+	memset(symbol, 0, sizeof(*symbol));
+	symbol->name = new_name;
+	symbol->type = S_UNKNOWN;
+	symbol->flags = SYMBOL_NEW;
+	if (isconst)
+		symbol->flags |= SYMBOL_CONST;
+
+	symbol->next = symbol_hash[hash];
+	symbol_hash[hash] = symbol;
+
+	return symbol;
+}
+
+struct symbol *sym_find(const char *name)
+{
+	struct symbol *symbol = NULL;
+	const char *ptr;
+	int hash = 0;
+
+	if (!name)
+		return NULL;
+
+	if (name[0] && !name[1]) {
+		switch (name[0]) {
+		case 'y': return &symbol_yes;
+		case 'm': return &symbol_mod;
+		case 'n': return &symbol_no;
+		}
+	}
+	for (ptr = name; *ptr; ptr++)
+		hash += *ptr;
+	hash &= 0xff;
+
+	for (symbol = symbol_hash[hash]; symbol; symbol = symbol->next) {
+		if (!strcmp(symbol->name, name) &&
+		    !(symbol->flags & SYMBOL_CONST))
+				break;
+	}
+
+	return symbol;
+}
+
+struct symbol *sym_check_deps(struct symbol *sym);
+
+static struct symbol *sym_check_expr_deps(struct expr *e)
+{
+	struct symbol *sym;
+
+	if (!e)
+		return NULL;
+	switch (e->type) {
+	case E_OR:
+	case E_AND:
+		sym = sym_check_expr_deps(e->left.expr);
+		if (sym)
+			return sym;
+		return sym_check_expr_deps(e->right.expr);
+	case E_NOT:
+		return sym_check_expr_deps(e->left.expr);
+	case E_EQUAL:
+	case E_UNEQUAL:
+		sym = sym_check_deps(e->left.sym);
+		if (sym)
+			return sym;
+		return sym_check_deps(e->right.sym);
+	case E_SYMBOL:
+		return sym_check_deps(e->left.sym);
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+	printf("Oops! How to check %d?\n", e->type);
+	return NULL;
+}
+
+struct symbol *sym_check_deps(struct symbol *sym)
+{
+	struct symbol *sym2;
+	struct property *prop;
+
+	if (sym->flags & SYMBOL_CHECK_DONE)
+		return NULL;
+	if (sym->flags & SYMBOL_CHECK) {
+		printf("Warning! Found recursive dependency: %s", sym->name);
+		return sym;
+	}
+
+	sym->flags |= (SYMBOL_CHECK | SYMBOL_CHECKED);
+	sym2 = sym_check_expr_deps(sym->rev_dep.expr);
+	if (sym2)
+		goto out;
+
+	for (prop = sym->prop; prop; prop = prop->next) {
+		if (prop->type == P_CHOICE || prop->type == P_SELECT || prop->type == P_SELECTNOT)
+			continue;
+		sym2 = sym_check_expr_deps(prop->visible.expr);
+		if (sym2)
+			goto out;
+		if (prop->type != P_DEFAULT || sym_is_choice(sym))
+			continue;
+		sym2 = sym_check_expr_deps(prop->expr);
+		if (sym2)
+			goto out;
+	}
+out:
+	if (sym2)
+		printf(" %s", sym->name);
+	sym->flags &= ~SYMBOL_CHECK;
+	return sym2;
+}
+
+struct property *prop_alloc(enum prop_type type, struct symbol *sym)
+{
+	struct property *prop;
+	struct property **propp;
+
+	prop = malloc(sizeof(*prop));
+	memset(prop, 0, sizeof(*prop));
+	prop->type = type;
+	prop->sym = sym;
+	prop->file = current_file;
+	prop->lineno = zconf_lineno();
+
+	/* append property to the prop list of symbol */
+	if (sym) {
+		for (propp = &sym->prop; *propp; propp = &(*propp)->next)
+			;
+		*propp = prop;
+	}
+
+	return prop;
+}
+
+struct symbol *prop_get_symbol(struct property *prop)
+{
+	if (prop->expr && (prop->expr->type == E_SYMBOL ||
+			   prop->expr->type == E_CHOICE))
+		return prop->expr->left.sym;
+	return NULL;
+}
+
+const char *prop_get_type_name(enum prop_type type)
+{
+	switch (type) {
+	case P_PROMPT:
+		return "prompt";
+	case P_COMMENT:
+		return "comment";
+	case P_MENU:
+		return "menu";
+	case P_DEFAULT:
+		return "default";
+	case P_CHOICE:
+		return "choice";
+	case P_SELECT:
+	case P_SELECTNOT:
+		return "select";
+	case P_RANGE:
+		return "range";
+	case P_UNKNOWN:
+		break;
+	}
+	return "unknown";
+}
diff --git a/config/textbox.c b/config/textbox.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a5a460b5c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/config/textbox.c
@@ -0,0 +1,556 @@
+/*
+ *  textbox.c -- implements the text box
+ *
+ *  ORIGINAL AUTHOR: Savio Lam (lam836@cs.cuhk.hk)
+ *  MODIFIED FOR LINUX KERNEL CONFIG BY: William Roadcap (roadcap@cfw.com)
+ *
+ *  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ *  modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ *  as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ *  of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ *  This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ *  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ *  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ *  GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ *  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ *  along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ *  Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+ */
+
+#include "dialog.h"
+
+static void back_lines (int n);
+static void print_page (WINDOW * win, int height, int width);
+static void print_line (WINDOW * win, int row, int width);
+static char *get_line (void);
+static void print_position (WINDOW * win, int height, int width);
+
+static int hscroll, fd, file_size, bytes_read;
+static int begin_reached = 1, end_reached, page_length;
+static char *buf, *page;
+
+/*
+ * Display text from a file in a dialog box.
+ */
+int
+dialog_textbox (const char *title, const char *file, int height, int width)
+{
+    int i, x, y, cur_x, cur_y, fpos, key = 0;
+    int passed_end;
+    char search_term[MAX_LEN + 1];
+    WINDOW *dialog, *text;
+
+    search_term[0] = '\0';	/* no search term entered yet */
+
+    /* Open input file for reading */
+    if ((fd = open (file, O_RDONLY)) == -1) {
+	endwin ();
+	fprintf (stderr,
+		 "\nCan't open input file in dialog_textbox().\n");
+	exit (-1);
+    }
+    /* Get file size. Actually, 'file_size' is the real file size - 1,
+       since it's only the last byte offset from the beginning */
+    if ((file_size = lseek (fd, 0, SEEK_END)) == -1) {
+	endwin ();
+	fprintf (stderr, "\nError getting file size in dialog_textbox().\n");
+	exit (-1);
+    }
+    /* Restore file pointer to beginning of file after getting file size */
+    if (lseek (fd, 0, SEEK_SET) == -1) {
+	endwin ();
+	fprintf (stderr, "\nError moving file pointer in dialog_textbox().\n");
+	exit (-1);
+    }
+    /* Allocate space for read buffer */
+    if ((buf = malloc (BUF_SIZE + 1)) == NULL) {
+	endwin ();
+	fprintf (stderr, "\nCan't allocate memory in dialog_textbox().\n");
+	exit (-1);
+    }
+    if ((bytes_read = read (fd, buf, BUF_SIZE)) == -1) {
+	endwin ();
+	fprintf (stderr, "\nError reading file in dialog_textbox().\n");
+	exit (-1);
+    }
+    buf[bytes_read] = '\0';	/* mark end of valid data */
+    page = buf;			/* page is pointer to start of page to be displayed */
+
+    /* center dialog box on screen */
+    x = (COLS - width) / 2;
+    y = (LINES - height) / 2;
+
+
+    draw_shadow (stdscr, y, x, height, width);
+
+    dialog = newwin (height, width, y, x);
+    keypad (dialog, TRUE);
+
+    /* Create window for text region, used for scrolling text */
+    text = subwin (dialog, height - 4, width - 2, y + 1, x + 1);
+    wattrset (text, dialog_attr);
+    wbkgdset (text, dialog_attr & A_COLOR);
+
+    keypad (text, TRUE);
+
+    /* register the new window, along with its borders */
+    draw_box (dialog, 0, 0, height, width, dialog_attr, border_attr);
+
+    wattrset (dialog, border_attr);
+    mvwaddch (dialog, height-3, 0, ACS_LTEE);
+    for (i = 0; i < width - 2; i++)
+	waddch (dialog, ACS_HLINE);
+    wattrset (dialog, dialog_attr);
+    wbkgdset (dialog, dialog_attr & A_COLOR);
+    waddch (dialog, ACS_RTEE);
+
+    if (title != NULL && strlen(title) >= width-2 ) {
+	/* truncate long title -- mec */
+	char * title2 = malloc(width-2+1);
+	memcpy( title2, title, width-2 );
+	title2[width-2] = '\0';
+	title = title2;
+    }
+
+    if (title != NULL) {
+	wattrset (dialog, title_attr);
+	mvwaddch (dialog, 0, (width - strlen(title))/2 - 1, ' ');
+	waddstr (dialog, (char *)title);
+	waddch (dialog, ' ');
+    }
+    print_button (dialog, " Exit ", height - 2, width / 2 - 4, TRUE);
+    wnoutrefresh (dialog);
+    getyx (dialog, cur_y, cur_x);	/* Save cursor position */
+
+    /* Print first page of text */
+    attr_clear (text, height - 4, width - 2, dialog_attr);
+    print_page (text, height - 4, width - 2);
+    print_position (dialog, height, width);
+    wmove (dialog, cur_y, cur_x);	/* Restore cursor position */
+    wrefresh (dialog);
+
+    while ((key != ESC) && (key != '\n')) {
+	key = wgetch (dialog);
+	switch (key) {
+	case 'E':		/* Exit */
+	case 'e':
+	case 'X':
+	case 'x':
+	    delwin (dialog);
+	    free (buf);
+	    close (fd);
+	    return 0;
+	case 'g':		/* First page */
+	case KEY_HOME:
+	    if (!begin_reached) {
+		begin_reached = 1;
+		/* First page not in buffer? */
+		if ((fpos = lseek (fd, 0, SEEK_CUR)) == -1) {
+		    endwin ();
+		    fprintf (stderr,
+		      "\nError moving file pointer in dialog_textbox().\n");
+		    exit (-1);
+		}
+		if (fpos > bytes_read) {	/* Yes, we have to read it in */
+		    if (lseek (fd, 0, SEEK_SET) == -1) {
+			endwin ();
+			fprintf (stderr, "\nError moving file pointer in "
+				 "dialog_textbox().\n");
+			exit (-1);
+		    }
+		    if ((bytes_read = read (fd, buf, BUF_SIZE)) == -1) {
+			endwin ();
+			fprintf (stderr,
+			     "\nError reading file in dialog_textbox().\n");
+			exit (-1);
+		    }
+		    buf[bytes_read] = '\0';
+		}
+		page = buf;
+		print_page (text, height - 4, width - 2);
+		print_position (dialog, height, width);
+		wmove (dialog, cur_y, cur_x);	/* Restore cursor position */
+		wrefresh (dialog);
+	    }
+	    break;
+	case 'G':		/* Last page */
+	case KEY_END:
+
+	    end_reached = 1;
+	    /* Last page not in buffer? */
+	    if ((fpos = lseek (fd, 0, SEEK_CUR)) == -1) {
+		endwin ();
+		fprintf (stderr,
+		      "\nError moving file pointer in dialog_textbox().\n");
+		exit (-1);
+	    }
+	    if (fpos < file_size) {	/* Yes, we have to read it in */
+		if (lseek (fd, -BUF_SIZE, SEEK_END) == -1) {
+		    endwin ();
+		    fprintf (stderr,
+		      "\nError moving file pointer in dialog_textbox().\n");
+		    exit (-1);
+		}
+		if ((bytes_read = read (fd, buf, BUF_SIZE)) == -1) {
+		    endwin ();
+		    fprintf (stderr,
+			     "\nError reading file in dialog_textbox().\n");
+		    exit (-1);
+		}
+		buf[bytes_read] = '\0';
+	    }
+	    page = buf + bytes_read;
+	    back_lines (height - 4);
+	    print_page (text, height - 4, width - 2);
+	    print_position (dialog, height, width);
+	    wmove (dialog, cur_y, cur_x);	/* Restore cursor position */
+	    wrefresh (dialog);
+	    break;
+	case 'K':		/* Previous line */
+	case 'k':
+	case KEY_UP:
+	    if (!begin_reached) {
+		back_lines (page_length + 1);
+
+		/* We don't call print_page() here but use scrolling to ensure
+		   faster screen update. However, 'end_reached' and
+		   'page_length' should still be updated, and 'page' should
+		   point to start of next page. This is done by calling
+		   get_line() in the following 'for' loop. */
+		scrollok (text, TRUE);
+		wscrl (text, -1);	/* Scroll text region down one line */
+		scrollok (text, FALSE);
+		page_length = 0;
+		passed_end = 0;
+		for (i = 0; i < height - 4; i++) {
+		    if (!i) {
+			/* print first line of page */
+			print_line (text, 0, width - 2);
+			wnoutrefresh (text);
+		    } else
+			/* Called to update 'end_reached' and 'page' */
+			get_line ();
+		    if (!passed_end)
+			page_length++;
+		    if (end_reached && !passed_end)
+			passed_end = 1;
+		}
+
+		print_position (dialog, height, width);
+		wmove (dialog, cur_y, cur_x);	/* Restore cursor position */
+		wrefresh (dialog);
+	    }
+	    break;
+	case 'B':		/* Previous page */
+	case 'b':
+	case KEY_PPAGE:
+	    if (begin_reached)
+		break;
+	    back_lines (page_length + height - 4);
+	    print_page (text, height - 4, width - 2);
+	    print_position (dialog, height, width);
+	    wmove (dialog, cur_y, cur_x);
+	    wrefresh (dialog);
+	    break;
+	case 'J':		/* Next line */
+	case 'j':
+	case KEY_DOWN:
+	    if (!end_reached) {
+		begin_reached = 0;
+		scrollok (text, TRUE);
+		scroll (text);	/* Scroll text region up one line */
+		scrollok (text, FALSE);
+		print_line (text, height - 5, width - 2);
+		wnoutrefresh (text);
+		print_position (dialog, height, width);
+		wmove (dialog, cur_y, cur_x);	/* Restore cursor position */
+		wrefresh (dialog);
+	    }
+	    break;
+	case KEY_NPAGE:		/* Next page */
+	case ' ':
+	    if (end_reached)
+		break;
+
+	    begin_reached = 0;
+	    print_page (text, height - 4, width - 2);
+	    print_position (dialog, height, width);
+	    wmove (dialog, cur_y, cur_x);
+	    wrefresh (dialog);
+	    break;
+	case '0':		/* Beginning of line */
+	case 'H':		/* Scroll left */
+	case 'h':
+	case KEY_LEFT:
+	    if (hscroll <= 0)
+		break;
+
+	    if (key == '0')
+		hscroll = 0;
+	    else
+		hscroll--;
+	    /* Reprint current page to scroll horizontally */
+	    back_lines (page_length);
+	    print_page (text, height - 4, width - 2);
+	    wmove (dialog, cur_y, cur_x);
+	    wrefresh (dialog);
+	    break;
+	case 'L':		/* Scroll right */
+	case 'l':
+	case KEY_RIGHT:
+	    if (hscroll >= MAX_LEN)
+		break;
+	    hscroll++;
+	    /* Reprint current page to scroll horizontally */
+	    back_lines (page_length);
+	    print_page (text, height - 4, width - 2);
+	    wmove (dialog, cur_y, cur_x);
+	    wrefresh (dialog);
+	    break;
+	case ESC:
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+
+    delwin (dialog);
+    free (buf);
+    close (fd);
+    return 1;			/* ESC pressed */
+}
+
+/*
+ * Go back 'n' lines in text file. Called by dialog_textbox().
+ * 'page' will be updated to point to the desired line in 'buf'.
+ */
+static void
+back_lines (int n)
+{
+    int i, fpos;
+
+    begin_reached = 0;
+    /* We have to distinguish between end_reached and !end_reached
+       since at end of file, the line is not ended by a '\n'.
+       The code inside 'if' basically does a '--page' to move one
+       character backward so as to skip '\n' of the previous line */
+    if (!end_reached) {
+	/* Either beginning of buffer or beginning of file reached? */
+	if (page == buf) {
+	    if ((fpos = lseek (fd, 0, SEEK_CUR)) == -1) {
+		endwin ();
+		fprintf (stderr, "\nError moving file pointer in "
+			 "back_lines().\n");
+		exit (-1);
+	    }
+	    if (fpos > bytes_read) {	/* Not beginning of file yet */
+		/* We've reached beginning of buffer, but not beginning of
+		   file yet, so read previous part of file into buffer.
+		   Note that we only move backward for BUF_SIZE/2 bytes,
+		   but not BUF_SIZE bytes to avoid re-reading again in
+		   print_page() later */
+		/* Really possible to move backward BUF_SIZE/2 bytes? */
+		if (fpos < BUF_SIZE / 2 + bytes_read) {
+		    /* No, move less then */
+		    if (lseek (fd, 0, SEEK_SET) == -1) {
+			endwin ();
+			fprintf (stderr, "\nError moving file pointer in "
+				 "back_lines().\n");
+			exit (-1);
+		    }
+		    page = buf + fpos - bytes_read;
+		} else {	/* Move backward BUF_SIZE/2 bytes */
+		    if (lseek (fd, -(BUF_SIZE / 2 + bytes_read), SEEK_CUR)
+			== -1) {
+			endwin ();
+			fprintf (stderr, "\nError moving file pointer "
+				 "in back_lines().\n");
+			exit (-1);
+		    }
+		    page = buf + BUF_SIZE / 2;
+		}
+		if ((bytes_read = read (fd, buf, BUF_SIZE)) == -1) {
+		    endwin ();
+		    fprintf (stderr, "\nError reading file in back_lines().\n");
+		    exit (-1);
+		}
+		buf[bytes_read] = '\0';
+	    } else {		/* Beginning of file reached */
+		begin_reached = 1;
+		return;
+	    }
+	}
+	if (*(--page) != '\n') {	/* '--page' here */
+	    /* Something's wrong... */
+	    endwin ();
+	    fprintf (stderr, "\nInternal error in back_lines().\n");
+	    exit (-1);
+	}
+    }
+    /* Go back 'n' lines */
+    for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
+	do {
+	    if (page == buf) {
+		if ((fpos = lseek (fd, 0, SEEK_CUR)) == -1) {
+		    endwin ();
+		    fprintf (stderr,
+			  "\nError moving file pointer in back_lines().\n");
+		    exit (-1);
+		}
+		if (fpos > bytes_read) {
+		    /* Really possible to move backward BUF_SIZE/2 bytes? */
+		    if (fpos < BUF_SIZE / 2 + bytes_read) {
+			/* No, move less then */
+			if (lseek (fd, 0, SEEK_SET) == -1) {
+			    endwin ();
+			    fprintf (stderr, "\nError moving file pointer "
+				     "in back_lines().\n");
+			    exit (-1);
+			}
+			page = buf + fpos - bytes_read;
+		    } else {	/* Move backward BUF_SIZE/2 bytes */
+			if (lseek (fd, -(BUF_SIZE / 2 + bytes_read),
+				   SEEK_CUR) == -1) {
+			    endwin ();
+			    fprintf (stderr, "\nError moving file pointer"
+				     " in back_lines().\n");
+			    exit (-1);
+			}
+			page = buf + BUF_SIZE / 2;
+		    }
+		    if ((bytes_read = read (fd, buf, BUF_SIZE)) == -1) {
+			endwin ();
+			fprintf (stderr, "\nError reading file in "
+				 "back_lines().\n");
+			exit (-1);
+		    }
+		    buf[bytes_read] = '\0';
+		} else {	/* Beginning of file reached */
+		    begin_reached = 1;
+		    return;
+		}
+	    }
+	} while (*(--page) != '\n');
+    page++;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Print a new page of text. Called by dialog_textbox().
+ */
+static void
+print_page (WINDOW * win, int height, int width)
+{
+    int i, passed_end = 0;
+
+    page_length = 0;
+    for (i = 0; i < height; i++) {
+	print_line (win, i, width);
+	if (!passed_end)
+	    page_length++;
+	if (end_reached && !passed_end)
+	    passed_end = 1;
+    }
+    wnoutrefresh (win);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Print a new line of text. Called by dialog_textbox() and print_page().
+ */
+static void
+print_line (WINDOW * win, int row, int width)
+{
+    int y, x;
+    char *line;
+
+    line = get_line ();
+    line += MIN (strlen (line), hscroll);	/* Scroll horizontally */
+    wmove (win, row, 0);	/* move cursor to correct line */
+    waddch (win, ' ');
+    waddnstr (win, line, MIN (strlen (line), width - 2));
+
+    getyx (win, y, x);
+    /* Clear 'residue' of previous line */
+#if OLD_NCURSES
+    {
+        int i;
+        for (i = 0; i < width - x; i++)
+	    waddch (win, ' ');
+    }
+#else
+    wclrtoeol(win);
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+ * Return current line of text. Called by dialog_textbox() and print_line().
+ * 'page' should point to start of current line before calling, and will be
+ * updated to point to start of next line.
+ */
+static char *
+get_line (void)
+{
+    int i = 0, fpos;
+    static char line[MAX_LEN + 1];
+
+    end_reached = 0;
+    while (*page != '\n') {
+	if (*page == '\0') {
+	    /* Either end of file or end of buffer reached */
+	    if ((fpos = lseek (fd, 0, SEEK_CUR)) == -1) {
+		endwin ();
+		fprintf (stderr, "\nError moving file pointer in "
+			 "get_line().\n");
+		exit (-1);
+	    }
+	    if (fpos < file_size) {	/* Not end of file yet */
+		/* We've reached end of buffer, but not end of file yet,
+		   so read next part of file into buffer */
+		if ((bytes_read = read (fd, buf, BUF_SIZE)) == -1) {
+		    endwin ();
+		    fprintf (stderr, "\nError reading file in get_line().\n");
+		    exit (-1);
+		}
+		buf[bytes_read] = '\0';
+		page = buf;
+	    } else {
+		if (!end_reached)
+		    end_reached = 1;
+		break;
+	    }
+	} else if (i < MAX_LEN)
+	    line[i++] = *(page++);
+	else {
+	    /* Truncate lines longer than MAX_LEN characters */
+	    if (i == MAX_LEN)
+		line[i++] = '\0';
+	    page++;
+	}
+    }
+    if (i <= MAX_LEN)
+	line[i] = '\0';
+    if (!end_reached)
+	page++;			/* move pass '\n' */
+
+    return line;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Print current position
+ */
+static void
+print_position (WINDOW * win, int height, int width)
+{
+    int fpos, percent;
+
+    if ((fpos = lseek (fd, 0, SEEK_CUR)) == -1) {
+	endwin ();
+	fprintf (stderr, "\nError moving file pointer in print_position().\n");
+	exit (-1);
+    }
+    wattrset (win, position_indicator_attr);
+    wbkgdset (win, position_indicator_attr & A_COLOR);
+    percent = !file_size ?
+	100 : ((fpos - bytes_read + page - buf) * 100) / file_size;
+    wmove (win, height - 3, width - 9);
+    wprintw (win, "(%3d%%)", percent);
+}
diff --git a/config/util.c b/config/util.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0a2f82757
--- /dev/null
+++ b/config/util.c
@@ -0,0 +1,375 @@
+/*
+ *  util.c
+ *
+ *  ORIGINAL AUTHOR: Savio Lam (lam836@cs.cuhk.hk)
+ *  MODIFIED FOR LINUX KERNEL CONFIG BY: William Roadcap (roadcap@cfw.com)
+ *
+ *  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ *  modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ *  as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ *  of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ *  This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ *  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ *  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ *  GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ *  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ *  along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ *  Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+ */
+
+#include "dialog.h"
+
+
+/* use colors by default? */
+bool use_colors = 1;
+
+char *backtitle = NULL;
+
+const char *dialog_result;
+
+/*
+ * Attribute values, default is for mono display
+ */
+chtype attributes[] =
+{
+    A_NORMAL,			/* screen_attr */
+    A_NORMAL,			/* shadow_attr */
+    A_NORMAL,			/* dialog_attr */
+    A_BOLD,			/* title_attr */
+    A_NORMAL,			/* border_attr */
+    A_REVERSE,			/* button_active_attr */
+    A_DIM,			/* button_inactive_attr */
+    A_REVERSE,			/* button_key_active_attr */
+    A_BOLD,			/* button_key_inactive_attr */
+    A_REVERSE,			/* button_label_active_attr */
+    A_NORMAL,			/* button_label_inactive_attr */
+    A_NORMAL,			/* inputbox_attr */
+    A_NORMAL,			/* inputbox_border_attr */
+    A_NORMAL,			/* searchbox_attr */
+    A_BOLD,			/* searchbox_title_attr */
+    A_NORMAL,			/* searchbox_border_attr */
+    A_BOLD,			/* position_indicator_attr */
+    A_NORMAL,			/* menubox_attr */
+    A_NORMAL,			/* menubox_border_attr */
+    A_NORMAL,			/* item_attr */
+    A_REVERSE,			/* item_selected_attr */
+    A_BOLD,			/* tag_attr */
+    A_REVERSE,			/* tag_selected_attr */
+    A_BOLD,			/* tag_key_attr */
+    A_REVERSE,			/* tag_key_selected_attr */
+    A_BOLD,			/* check_attr */
+    A_REVERSE,			/* check_selected_attr */
+    A_BOLD,			/* uarrow_attr */
+    A_BOLD			/* darrow_attr */
+};
+
+
+#include "colors.h"
+
+/*
+ * Table of color values
+ */
+int color_table[][3] =
+{
+    {SCREEN_FG, SCREEN_BG, SCREEN_HL},
+    {SHADOW_FG, SHADOW_BG, SHADOW_HL},
+    {DIALOG_FG, DIALOG_BG, DIALOG_HL},
+    {TITLE_FG, TITLE_BG, TITLE_HL},
+    {BORDER_FG, BORDER_BG, BORDER_HL},
+    {BUTTON_ACTIVE_FG, BUTTON_ACTIVE_BG, BUTTON_ACTIVE_HL},
+    {BUTTON_INACTIVE_FG, BUTTON_INACTIVE_BG, BUTTON_INACTIVE_HL},
+    {BUTTON_KEY_ACTIVE_FG, BUTTON_KEY_ACTIVE_BG, BUTTON_KEY_ACTIVE_HL},
+    {BUTTON_KEY_INACTIVE_FG, BUTTON_KEY_INACTIVE_BG, BUTTON_KEY_INACTIVE_HL},
+    {BUTTON_LABEL_ACTIVE_FG, BUTTON_LABEL_ACTIVE_BG, BUTTON_LABEL_ACTIVE_HL},
+    {BUTTON_LABEL_INACTIVE_FG, BUTTON_LABEL_INACTIVE_BG,
+     BUTTON_LABEL_INACTIVE_HL},
+    {INPUTBOX_FG, INPUTBOX_BG, INPUTBOX_HL},
+    {INPUTBOX_BORDER_FG, INPUTBOX_BORDER_BG, INPUTBOX_BORDER_HL},
+    {SEARCHBOX_FG, SEARCHBOX_BG, SEARCHBOX_HL},
+    {SEARCHBOX_TITLE_FG, SEARCHBOX_TITLE_BG, SEARCHBOX_TITLE_HL},
+    {SEARCHBOX_BORDER_FG, SEARCHBOX_BORDER_BG, SEARCHBOX_BORDER_HL},
+    {POSITION_INDICATOR_FG, POSITION_INDICATOR_BG, POSITION_INDICATOR_HL},
+    {MENUBOX_FG, MENUBOX_BG, MENUBOX_HL},
+    {MENUBOX_BORDER_FG, MENUBOX_BORDER_BG, MENUBOX_BORDER_HL},
+    {ITEM_FG, ITEM_BG, ITEM_HL},
+    {ITEM_SELECTED_FG, ITEM_SELECTED_BG, ITEM_SELECTED_HL},
+    {TAG_FG, TAG_BG, TAG_HL},
+    {TAG_SELECTED_FG, TAG_SELECTED_BG, TAG_SELECTED_HL},
+    {TAG_KEY_FG, TAG_KEY_BG, TAG_KEY_HL},
+    {TAG_KEY_SELECTED_FG, TAG_KEY_SELECTED_BG, TAG_KEY_SELECTED_HL},
+    {CHECK_FG, CHECK_BG, CHECK_HL},
+    {CHECK_SELECTED_FG, CHECK_SELECTED_BG, CHECK_SELECTED_HL},
+    {UARROW_FG, UARROW_BG, UARROW_HL},
+    {DARROW_FG, DARROW_BG, DARROW_HL},
+};				/* color_table */
+
+/*
+ * Set window to attribute 'attr'
+ */
+void
+attr_clear (WINDOW * win, int height, int width, chtype attr)
+{
+    int i, j;
+
+    wattrset (win, attr);
+    for (i = 0; i < height; i++) {
+	wmove (win, i, 0);
+	for (j = 0; j < width; j++)
+	    waddch (win, ' ');
+    }
+    touchwin (win);
+}
+
+void dialog_clear (void)
+{
+    attr_clear (stdscr, LINES, COLS, screen_attr);
+    /* Display background title if it exists ... - SLH */
+    if (backtitle != NULL) {
+        int i;
+
+        wattrset (stdscr, screen_attr);
+        mvwaddstr (stdscr, 0, 1, (char *)backtitle);
+        wmove (stdscr, 1, 1);
+        for (i = 1; i < COLS - 1; i++)
+            waddch (stdscr, ACS_HLINE);
+    }
+    wnoutrefresh (stdscr);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Do some initialization for dialog
+ */
+void
+init_dialog (void)
+{
+    initscr ();			/* Init curses */
+    keypad (stdscr, TRUE);
+    cbreak ();
+    noecho ();
+
+
+    if (use_colors)	/* Set up colors */
+	color_setup ();
+
+
+    dialog_clear ();
+}
+
+/*
+ * Setup for color display
+ */
+void
+color_setup (void)
+{
+    int i;
+
+    if (has_colors ()) {	/* Terminal supports color? */
+	start_color ();
+
+	/* Initialize color pairs */
+	for (i = 0; i < ATTRIBUTE_COUNT; i++)
+	    init_pair (i + 1, color_table[i][0], color_table[i][1]);
+
+	/* Setup color attributes */
+	for (i = 0; i < ATTRIBUTE_COUNT; i++)
+	    attributes[i] = C_ATTR (color_table[i][2], i + 1);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ * End using dialog functions.
+ */
+void
+end_dialog (void)
+{
+    endwin ();
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Print a string of text in a window, automatically wrap around to the
+ * next line if the string is too long to fit on one line. Newline
+ * characters '\n' are replaced by spaces.  We start on a new line
+ * if there is no room for at least 4 nonblanks following a double-space.
+ */
+void
+print_autowrap (WINDOW * win, const char *prompt, int width, int y, int x)
+{
+    int newl, cur_x, cur_y;
+    int i, prompt_len, room, wlen;
+    char tempstr[MAX_LEN + 1], *word, *sp, *sp2;
+
+    strcpy (tempstr, prompt);
+
+    prompt_len = strlen(tempstr);
+
+    /*
+     * Remove newlines
+     */
+    for(i=0; i<prompt_len; i++) {
+	if(tempstr[i] == '\n') tempstr[i] = ' ';
+    }
+
+    if (prompt_len <= width - x * 2) {	/* If prompt is short */
+	wmove (win, y, (width - prompt_len) / 2);
+	waddstr (win, tempstr);
+    } else {
+	cur_x = x;
+	cur_y = y;
+	newl = 1;
+	word = tempstr;
+	while (word && *word) {
+	    sp = index(word, ' ');
+	    if (sp)
+	        *sp++ = 0;
+
+	    /* Wrap to next line if either the word does not fit,
+	       or it is the first word of a new sentence, and it is
+	       short, and the next word does not fit. */
+	    room = width - cur_x;
+	    wlen = strlen(word);
+	    if (wlen > room ||
+	       (newl && wlen < 4 && sp && wlen+1+strlen(sp) > room
+		     && (!(sp2 = index(sp, ' ')) || wlen+1+(sp2-sp) > room))) {
+		cur_y++;
+		cur_x = x;
+	    }
+	    wmove (win, cur_y, cur_x);
+	    waddstr (win, word);
+	    getyx (win, cur_y, cur_x);
+	    cur_x++;
+	    if (sp && *sp == ' ') {
+	        cur_x++;	/* double space */
+		while (*++sp == ' ');
+		newl = 1;
+	    } else
+	        newl = 0;
+	    word = sp;
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ * Print a button
+ */
+void
+print_button (WINDOW * win, const char *label, int y, int x, int selected)
+{
+    int i, temp;
+
+    wmove (win, y, x);
+    wattrset (win, selected ? button_active_attr : button_inactive_attr);
+    waddstr (win, "<");
+    temp = strspn (label, " ");
+    label += temp;
+    wattrset (win, selected ? button_label_active_attr
+	      : button_label_inactive_attr);
+    for (i = 0; i < temp; i++)
+	waddch (win, ' ');
+    wattrset (win, selected ? button_key_active_attr
+	      : button_key_inactive_attr);
+    waddch (win, label[0]);
+    wattrset (win, selected ? button_label_active_attr
+	      : button_label_inactive_attr);
+    waddstr (win, (char *)label + 1);
+    wattrset (win, selected ? button_active_attr : button_inactive_attr);
+    waddstr (win, ">");
+    wmove (win, y, x + temp + 1);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Draw a rectangular box with line drawing characters
+ */
+void
+draw_box (WINDOW * win, int y, int x, int height, int width,
+	  chtype box, chtype border)
+{
+    int i, j;
+
+    wattrset (win, 0);
+    for (i = 0; i < height; i++) {
+	wmove (win, y + i, x);
+	for (j = 0; j < width; j++)
+	    if (!i && !j)
+		waddch (win, border | ACS_ULCORNER);
+	    else if (i == height - 1 && !j)
+		waddch (win, border | ACS_LLCORNER);
+	    else if (!i && j == width - 1)
+		waddch (win, box | ACS_URCORNER);
+	    else if (i == height - 1 && j == width - 1)
+		waddch (win, box | ACS_LRCORNER);
+	    else if (!i)
+		waddch (win, border | ACS_HLINE);
+	    else if (i == height - 1)
+		waddch (win, box | ACS_HLINE);
+	    else if (!j)
+		waddch (win, border | ACS_VLINE);
+	    else if (j == width - 1)
+		waddch (win, box | ACS_VLINE);
+	    else
+		waddch (win, box | ' ');
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ * Draw shadows along the right and bottom edge to give a more 3D look
+ * to the boxes
+ */
+void
+draw_shadow (WINDOW * win, int y, int x, int height, int width)
+{
+    int i;
+
+    if (has_colors ()) {	/* Whether terminal supports color? */
+	wattrset (win, shadow_attr);
+	wmove (win, y + height, x + 2);
+	for (i = 0; i < width; i++)
+	    waddch (win, winch (win) & A_CHARTEXT);
+	for (i = y + 1; i < y + height + 1; i++) {
+	    wmove (win, i, x + width);
+	    waddch (win, winch (win) & A_CHARTEXT);
+	    waddch (win, winch (win) & A_CHARTEXT);
+	}
+	wnoutrefresh (win);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *  Return the position of the first alphabetic character in a string.
+ */
+int
+first_alpha(const char *string, const char *exempt)
+{
+	int i, in_paren=0, c;
+
+	for (i = 0; i < strlen(string); i++) {
+		c = tolower(string[i]);
+
+		if (strchr("<[(", c)) ++in_paren;
+		if (strchr(">])", c) && in_paren > 0) --in_paren;
+
+		if ((! in_paren) && isalpha(c) &&
+		     strchr(exempt, c) == 0)
+			return i;
+	}
+
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Get the first selected item in the dialog_list_item list.
+ */
+struct dialog_list_item *
+first_sel_item(int item_no, struct dialog_list_item ** items)
+{
+	int i;
+
+	for (i = 0; i < item_no; i++) {
+		if (items[i]->selected)
+			return items[i];
+	}
+
+	return NULL;
+}
diff --git a/config/yesno.c b/config/yesno.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..11fcc25f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/config/yesno.c
@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
+/*
+ *  yesno.c -- implements the yes/no box
+ *
+ *  ORIGINAL AUTHOR: Savio Lam (lam836@cs.cuhk.hk)
+ *  MODIFIED FOR LINUX KERNEL CONFIG BY: William Roadcap (roadcap@cfw.com)
+ *
+ *  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ *  modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ *  as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ *  of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ *  This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ *  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ *  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ *  GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ *  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ *  along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ *  Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+ */
+
+#include "dialog.h"
+
+/*
+ * Display termination buttons
+ */
+static void
+print_buttons(WINDOW *dialog, int height, int width, int selected)
+{
+    int x = width / 2 - 10;
+    int y = height - 2;
+
+    print_button (dialog, " Yes ", y, x, selected == 0);
+    print_button (dialog, "  No  ", y, x + 13, selected == 1);
+
+    wmove(dialog, y, x+1 + 13*selected );
+    wrefresh (dialog);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Display a dialog box with two buttons - Yes and No
+ */
+int
+dialog_yesno (const char *title, const char *prompt, int height, int width)
+{
+    int i, x, y, key = 0, button = 0;
+    WINDOW *dialog;
+
+    /* center dialog box on screen */
+    x = (COLS - width) / 2;
+    y = (LINES - height) / 2;
+
+    draw_shadow (stdscr, y, x, height, width);
+
+    dialog = newwin (height, width, y, x);
+    keypad (dialog, TRUE);
+
+    draw_box (dialog, 0, 0, height, width, dialog_attr, border_attr);
+    wattrset (dialog, border_attr);
+    mvwaddch (dialog, height-3, 0, ACS_LTEE);
+    for (i = 0; i < width - 2; i++)
+	waddch (dialog, ACS_HLINE);
+    wattrset (dialog, dialog_attr);
+    waddch (dialog, ACS_RTEE);
+
+    if (title != NULL && strlen(title) >= width-2 ) {
+	/* truncate long title -- mec */
+	char * title2 = malloc(width-2+1);
+	memcpy( title2, title, width-2 );
+	title2[width-2] = '\0';
+	title = title2;
+    }
+
+    if (title != NULL) {
+	wattrset (dialog, title_attr);
+	mvwaddch (dialog, 0, (width - strlen(title))/2 - 1, ' ');
+	waddstr (dialog, (char *)title);
+	waddch (dialog, ' ');
+    }
+
+    wattrset (dialog, dialog_attr);
+    print_autowrap (dialog, prompt, width - 2, 1, 3);
+
+    print_buttons(dialog, height, width, 0);
+
+    while (key != ESC) {
+	key = wgetch (dialog);
+	switch (key) {
+	case 'Y':
+	case 'y':
+	    delwin (dialog);
+	    return 0;
+	case 'N':
+	case 'n':
+	    delwin (dialog);
+	    return 1;
+
+	case TAB:
+	case KEY_LEFT:
+	case KEY_RIGHT:
+	    button = ((key == KEY_LEFT ? --button : ++button) < 0)
+			? 1 : (button > 1 ? 0 : button);
+
+	    print_buttons(dialog, height, width, button);
+	    wrefresh (dialog);
+	    break;
+	case ' ':
+	case '\n':
+	    delwin (dialog);
+	    return button;
+	case ESC:
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+
+    delwin (dialog);
+    return -1;			/* ESC pressed */
+}
diff --git a/config/zconf.l b/config/zconf.l
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3a4947a88
--- /dev/null
+++ b/config/zconf.l
@@ -0,0 +1,387 @@
+%option backup nostdinit noyywrap never-interactive full ecs
+%option 8bit backup nodefault perf-report perf-report
+%x COMMAND HELP STRING PARAM
+%{
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2002 Roman Zippel <zippel@linux-m68k.org>
+ * Released under the terms of the GNU GPL v2.0.
+ */
+
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <glob.h>
+
+#define LKC_DIRECT_LINK
+#include "lkc.h"
+
+#define START_STRSIZE	16
+
+char *text;
+static char *text_ptr;
+static int text_size, text_asize;
+
+struct buffer {
+        struct buffer *parent;
+        YY_BUFFER_STATE state;
+};
+
+struct buffer *current_buf;
+
+static int last_ts, first_ts;
+
+static void zconf_endhelp(void);
+static struct buffer *zconf_endfile(void);
+
+void new_string(void)
+{
+	text = malloc(START_STRSIZE);
+	text_asize = START_STRSIZE;
+	text_ptr = text;
+	text_size = 0;
+	*text_ptr = 0;
+}
+
+void append_string(const char *str, int size)
+{
+	int new_size = text_size + size + 1;
+	if (new_size > text_asize) {
+		text = realloc(text, new_size);
+		text_asize = new_size;
+		text_ptr = text + text_size;
+	}
+	memcpy(text_ptr, str, size);
+	text_ptr += size;
+	text_size += size;
+	*text_ptr = 0;
+}
+
+void alloc_string(const char *str, int size)
+{
+	text = malloc(size + 1);
+	memcpy(text, str, size);
+	text[size] = 0;
+}
+%}
+
+ws	[ \n\t]
+n	[A-Za-z0-9_]
+
+%%
+	int str = 0;
+	int ts, i;
+
+[ \t]*#.*\n	current_file->lineno++;
+[ \t]*#.*
+
+[ \t]*\n	current_file->lineno++; return T_EOL;
+
+[ \t]+	{
+	BEGIN(COMMAND);
+}
+
+.	{
+	unput(yytext[0]);
+	BEGIN(COMMAND);
+}
+
+
+<COMMAND>{
+	"mainmenu"		BEGIN(PARAM); return T_MAINMENU;
+	"menu"			BEGIN(PARAM); return T_MENU;
+	"endmenu"		BEGIN(PARAM); return T_ENDMENU;
+	"source"		BEGIN(PARAM); return T_SOURCE;
+	"choice"		BEGIN(PARAM); return T_CHOICE;
+	"endchoice"		BEGIN(PARAM); return T_ENDCHOICE;
+	"comment"		BEGIN(PARAM); return T_COMMENT;
+	"config"		BEGIN(PARAM); return T_CONFIG;
+	"menuconfig"		BEGIN(PARAM); return T_MENUCONFIG;
+	"help"			BEGIN(PARAM); return T_HELP;
+	"if"			BEGIN(PARAM); return T_IF;
+	"endif"			BEGIN(PARAM); return T_ENDIF;
+	"depends"		BEGIN(PARAM); return T_DEPENDS;
+	"requires"		BEGIN(PARAM); return T_REQUIRES;
+	"optional"		BEGIN(PARAM); return T_OPTIONAL;
+	"default"		BEGIN(PARAM); return T_DEFAULT;
+	"prompt"		BEGIN(PARAM); return T_PROMPT;
+	"tristate"		BEGIN(PARAM); return T_TRISTATE;
+	"def_tristate"		BEGIN(PARAM); return T_DEF_TRISTATE;
+	"bool"			BEGIN(PARAM); return T_BOOLEAN;
+	"boolean"		BEGIN(PARAM); return T_BOOLEAN;
+	"def_bool"		BEGIN(PARAM); return T_DEF_BOOLEAN;
+	"def_boolean"		BEGIN(PARAM); return T_DEF_BOOLEAN;
+	"int"			BEGIN(PARAM); return T_INT;
+	"hex"			BEGIN(PARAM); return T_HEX;
+	"string"		BEGIN(PARAM); return T_STRING;
+	"select"		BEGIN(PARAM); return T_SELECT;
+	"enable"		BEGIN(PARAM); return T_SELECT;
+	"range"			BEGIN(PARAM); return T_RANGE;
+	{n}+	{
+		alloc_string(yytext, yyleng);
+		zconflval.string = text;
+		return T_WORD;
+	}
+	.
+	\n	current_file->lineno++; BEGIN(INITIAL);
+}
+
+<PARAM>{
+	"&&"	return T_AND;
+	"||"	return T_OR;
+	"("	return T_OPEN_PAREN;
+	")"	return T_CLOSE_PAREN;
+	"!"	return T_NOT;
+	"="	return T_EQUAL;
+	"!="	return T_UNEQUAL;
+	"if"	return T_IF;
+	"on"	return T_ON;
+	\"|\'	{
+		str = yytext[0];
+		new_string();
+		BEGIN(STRING);
+	}
+	\n	BEGIN(INITIAL); current_file->lineno++; return T_EOL;
+	---	/* ignore */
+	({n}|[-/.])+	{
+		alloc_string(yytext, yyleng);
+		zconflval.string = text;
+		return T_WORD;
+	}
+	#.*	/* comment */
+	\\\n	current_file->lineno++;
+	.
+	<<EOF>> {
+		BEGIN(INITIAL);
+	}
+}
+
+<STRING>{
+	[^'"\\\n]+/\n	{
+		append_string(yytext, yyleng);
+		zconflval.string = text;
+		return T_WORD_QUOTE;
+	}
+	[^'"\\\n]+	{
+		append_string(yytext, yyleng);
+	}
+	\\.?/\n	{
+		append_string(yytext + 1, yyleng - 1);
+		zconflval.string = text;
+		return T_WORD_QUOTE;
+	}
+	\\.?	{
+		append_string(yytext + 1, yyleng - 1);
+	}
+	\'|\"	{
+		if (str == yytext[0]) {
+			BEGIN(PARAM);
+			zconflval.string = text;
+			return T_WORD_QUOTE;
+		} else
+			append_string(yytext, 1);
+	}
+	\n	{
+		printf("%s:%d:warning: multi-line strings not supported\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno());
+		current_file->lineno++;
+		BEGIN(INITIAL);
+		return T_EOL;
+	}
+	<<EOF>>	{
+		BEGIN(INITIAL);
+	}
+}
+
+<HELP>{
+	[ \t]+	{
+		ts = 0;
+		for (i = 0; i < yyleng; i++) {
+			if (yytext[i] == '\t')
+				ts = (ts & ~7) + 8;
+			else
+				ts++;
+		}
+		last_ts = ts;
+		if (first_ts) {
+			if (ts < first_ts) {
+				zconf_endhelp();
+				return T_HELPTEXT;
+			}
+			ts -= first_ts;
+			while (ts > 8) {
+				append_string("        ", 8);
+				ts -= 8;
+			}
+			append_string("        ", ts);
+		}
+	}
+	[ \t]*\n/[^ \t\n] {
+		current_file->lineno++;
+		zconf_endhelp();
+		return T_HELPTEXT;
+	}
+	[ \t]*\n	{
+		current_file->lineno++;
+		append_string("\n", 1);
+	}
+	[^ \t\n].* {
+		append_string(yytext, yyleng);
+		if (!first_ts)
+			first_ts = last_ts;
+	}
+	<<EOF>>	{
+		zconf_endhelp();
+		return T_HELPTEXT;
+	}
+}
+
+<<EOF>>	{
+	if (current_buf) {
+		zconf_endfile();
+		return T_EOF;
+	}
+	fclose(yyin);
+	yyterminate();
+}
+
+%%
+void zconf_starthelp(void)
+{
+	new_string();
+	last_ts = first_ts = 0;
+	BEGIN(HELP);
+}
+
+static void zconf_endhelp(void)
+{
+	zconflval.string = text;
+	BEGIN(INITIAL);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Try to open specified file with following names:
+ * ./name
+ * $(srctree)/name
+ * The latter is used when srctree is separate from objtree
+ * when compiling the kernel.
+ * Return NULL if file is not found.
+ */
+FILE *zconf_fopen(const char *name)
+{
+	char *env, fullname[PATH_MAX+1];
+	FILE *f;
+
+	f = fopen(name, "r");
+	if (!f && name[0] != '/') {
+		env = getenv(SRCTREE);
+		if (env) {
+			sprintf(fullname, "%s/%s", env, name);
+			f = fopen(fullname, "r");
+		}
+	}
+	return f;
+}
+
+void zconf_initscan(const char *name)
+{
+	yyin = zconf_fopen(name);
+	if (!yyin) {
+		printf("can't find file %s\n", name);
+		exit(1);
+	}
+
+	current_buf = malloc(sizeof(*current_buf));
+	memset(current_buf, 0, sizeof(*current_buf));
+
+	current_file = file_lookup(name);
+	current_file->lineno = 1;
+	current_file->flags = FILE_BUSY;
+}
+
+void zconf_nextfile(const char *name)
+{
+	size_t i;
+	int retval;
+	glob_t files;
+	char *filename;
+	struct file *file;
+	struct buffer *buf;
+
+	retval = glob(name, GLOB_ERR | GLOB_MARK, NULL, &files);
+	if (retval == GLOB_NOSPACE || retval == GLOB_ABORTED || retval == GLOB_NOMATCH) {
+		printf("%s:%d: glob failed: %s \"%s\"\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno(),
+			retval == GLOB_NOSPACE ? "failed to allocate memory" :
+				retval == GLOB_ABORTED ? "read error" : "no match",
+			name);
+		exit(1);
+	}
+
+	for (i = files.gl_pathc-1; i != (size_t)-1; --i) {
+		filename = files.gl_pathv[i];
+
+		file = file_lookup(filename);
+		buf = malloc(sizeof(*buf));
+		memset(buf, 0, sizeof(*buf));
+		current_buf->state = YY_CURRENT_BUFFER;
+		zconfin = zconf_fopen(filename);
+		if (!zconfin) {
+			printf("%s:%d: can't open file \"%s\"\n",
+				zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno(), filename);
+			exit(1);
+		}
+		zconf_switch_to_buffer(zconf_create_buffer(zconfin,YY_BUF_SIZE));
+		buf->parent = current_buf;
+		current_buf = buf;
+
+		if (file->flags & FILE_BUSY) {
+			printf("recursive scan (%s)?\n", filename);
+			exit(1);
+		}
+		if (file->flags & FILE_SCANNED) {
+			printf("file %s already scanned?\n", filename);
+			exit(1);
+		}
+		file->flags |= FILE_BUSY;
+		file->lineno = 1;
+		file->parent = current_file;
+		current_file = file;
+	}
+}
+
+static struct buffer *zconf_endfile(void)
+{
+	struct buffer *parent;
+
+	current_file->flags |= FILE_SCANNED;
+	current_file->flags &= ~FILE_BUSY;
+	current_file = current_file->parent;
+
+	parent = current_buf->parent;
+	if (parent) {
+		fclose(yyin);
+		yy_delete_buffer(YY_CURRENT_BUFFER);
+		yy_switch_to_buffer(parent->state);
+	}
+	free(current_buf);
+	current_buf = parent;
+
+	return parent;
+}
+
+int zconf_lineno(void)
+{
+	if (current_buf)
+		return current_file->lineno - 1;
+	else
+		return 0;
+}
+
+char *zconf_curname(void)
+{
+	if (current_buf)
+		return current_file->name;
+	else
+		return "<none>";
+}
diff --git a/config/zconf.output b/config/zconf.output
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a4d86e975
--- /dev/null
+++ b/config/zconf.output
@@ -0,0 +1,2133 @@
+State 52 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
+State 53 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
+State 54 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
+State 55 conflicts: 10 shift/reduce
+State 56 conflicts: 12 shift/reduce
+State 57 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
+State 58 conflicts: 13 shift/reduce
+State 59 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
+
+
+Grammar
+
+    0 $accept: input $end
+
+    1 input: /* empty */
+    2      | input block
+
+    3 block: common_block
+    4      | choice_stmt
+    5      | menu_stmt
+    6      | T_MAINMENU prompt nl_or_eof
+    7      | T_ENDMENU
+    8      | T_ENDIF
+    9      | T_ENDCHOICE
+   10      | error nl_or_eof
+
+   11 common_block: if_stmt
+   12             | comment_stmt
+   13             | config_stmt
+   14             | menuconfig_stmt
+   15             | source_stmt
+   16             | nl_or_eof
+
+   17 config_entry_start: T_CONFIG T_WORD T_EOL
+
+   18 config_stmt: config_entry_start config_option_list
+
+   19 menuconfig_entry_start: T_MENUCONFIG T_WORD T_EOL
+
+   20 menuconfig_stmt: menuconfig_entry_start config_option_list
+
+   21 config_option_list: /* empty */
+   22                   | config_option_list config_option
+   23                   | config_option_list depends
+   24                   | config_option_list help
+   25                   | config_option_list T_EOL
+
+   26 config_option: T_TRISTATE prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL
+   27              | T_DEF_TRISTATE expr if_expr T_EOL
+   28              | T_BOOLEAN prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL
+   29              | T_DEF_BOOLEAN expr if_expr T_EOL
+   30              | T_INT prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL
+   31              | T_HEX prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL
+   32              | T_STRING prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL
+   33              | T_PROMPT prompt if_expr T_EOL
+   34              | T_DEFAULT expr if_expr T_EOL
+   35              | T_SELECT T_WORD if_expr T_EOL
+   36              | T_SELECT T_NOT T_WORD if_expr T_EOL
+   37              | T_RANGE symbol symbol if_expr T_EOL
+
+   38 choice: T_CHOICE T_EOL
+
+   39 choice_entry: choice choice_option_list
+
+   40 choice_end: end
+
+   41 choice_stmt: choice_entry choice_block choice_end
+   42            | choice_entry choice_block
+
+   43 choice_option_list: /* empty */
+   44                   | choice_option_list choice_option
+   45                   | choice_option_list depends
+   46                   | choice_option_list help
+   47                   | choice_option_list T_EOL
+
+   48 choice_option: T_PROMPT prompt if_expr T_EOL
+   49              | T_TRISTATE prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL
+   50              | T_BOOLEAN prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL
+   51              | T_OPTIONAL T_EOL
+   52              | T_DEFAULT T_WORD if_expr T_EOL
+
+   53 choice_block: /* empty */
+   54             | choice_block common_block
+
+   55 if: T_IF expr T_EOL
+
+   56 if_end: end
+
+   57 if_stmt: if if_block if_end
+   58        | if if_block
+
+   59 if_block: /* empty */
+   60         | if_block common_block
+   61         | if_block menu_stmt
+   62         | if_block choice_stmt
+
+   63 menu: T_MENU prompt T_EOL
+
+   64 menu_entry: menu depends_list
+
+   65 menu_end: end
+
+   66 menu_stmt: menu_entry menu_block menu_end
+   67          | menu_entry menu_block
+
+   68 menu_block: /* empty */
+   69           | menu_block common_block
+   70           | menu_block menu_stmt
+   71           | menu_block choice_stmt
+   72           | menu_block error T_EOL
+
+   73 source: T_SOURCE prompt T_EOL
+
+   74 source_stmt: source
+
+   75 comment: T_COMMENT prompt T_EOL
+
+   76 comment_stmt: comment depends_list
+
+   77 help_start: T_HELP T_EOL
+
+   78 help: help_start T_HELPTEXT
+
+   79 depends_list: /* empty */
+   80             | depends_list depends
+   81             | depends_list T_EOL
+
+   82 depends: T_DEPENDS T_ON expr T_EOL
+   83        | T_DEPENDS expr T_EOL
+   84        | T_REQUIRES expr T_EOL
+
+   85 prompt_stmt_opt: /* empty */
+   86                | prompt if_expr
+
+   87 prompt: T_WORD
+   88       | T_WORD_QUOTE
+
+   89 end: T_ENDMENU nl_or_eof
+   90    | T_ENDCHOICE nl_or_eof
+   91    | T_ENDIF nl_or_eof
+
+   92 nl_or_eof: T_EOL
+   93          | T_EOF
+
+   94 if_expr: /* empty */
+   95        | T_IF expr
+
+   96 expr: symbol
+   97     | symbol T_EQUAL symbol
+   98     | symbol T_UNEQUAL symbol
+   99     | T_OPEN_PAREN expr T_CLOSE_PAREN
+  100     | T_NOT expr
+  101     | expr T_OR expr
+  102     | expr T_AND expr
+
+  103 symbol: T_WORD
+  104       | T_WORD_QUOTE
+
+
+Terminals, with rules where they appear
+
+$end (0) 0
+error (256) 10 72
+T_MAINMENU (258) 6
+T_MENU (259) 63
+T_ENDMENU (260) 7 89
+T_SOURCE (261) 73
+T_CHOICE (262) 38
+T_ENDCHOICE (263) 9 90
+T_COMMENT (264) 75
+T_CONFIG (265) 17
+T_MENUCONFIG (266) 19
+T_HELP (267) 77
+T_HELPTEXT (268) 78
+T_IF (269) 55 95
+T_ENDIF (270) 8 91
+T_DEPENDS (271) 82 83
+T_REQUIRES (272) 84
+T_OPTIONAL (273) 51
+T_PROMPT (274) 33 48
+T_DEFAULT (275) 34 52
+T_TRISTATE (276) 26 49
+T_DEF_TRISTATE (277) 27
+T_BOOLEAN (278) 28 50
+T_DEF_BOOLEAN (279) 29
+T_STRING (280) 32
+T_INT (281) 30
+T_HEX (282) 31
+T_WORD (283) 17 19 35 36 52 87 103
+T_WORD_QUOTE (284) 88 104
+T_UNEQUAL (285) 98
+T_EOF (286) 93
+T_EOL (287) 17 19 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 47 48 49
+    50 51 52 55 63 72 73 75 77 81 82 83 84 92
+T_CLOSE_PAREN (288) 99
+T_OPEN_PAREN (289) 99
+T_ON (290) 82
+T_SELECT (291) 35 36
+T_RANGE (292) 37
+T_OR (293) 101
+T_AND (294) 102
+T_EQUAL (295) 97
+T_NOT (296) 36 100
+
+
+Nonterminals, with rules where they appear
+
+$accept (42)
+    on left: 0
+input (43)
+    on left: 1 2, on right: 0 2
+block (44)
+    on left: 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10, on right: 2
+common_block (45)
+    on left: 11 12 13 14 15 16, on right: 3 54 60 69
+config_entry_start (46)
+    on left: 17, on right: 18
+config_stmt (47)
+    on left: 18, on right: 13
+menuconfig_entry_start (48)
+    on left: 19, on right: 20
+menuconfig_stmt (49)
+    on left: 20, on right: 14
+config_option_list (50)
+    on left: 21 22 23 24 25, on right: 18 20 22 23 24 25
+config_option (51)
+    on left: 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37, on right: 22
+choice (52)
+    on left: 38, on right: 39
+choice_entry (53)
+    on left: 39, on right: 41 42
+choice_end (54)
+    on left: 40, on right: 41
+choice_stmt (55)
+    on left: 41 42, on right: 4 62 71
+choice_option_list (56)
+    on left: 43 44 45 46 47, on right: 39 44 45 46 47
+choice_option (57)
+    on left: 48 49 50 51 52, on right: 44
+choice_block (58)
+    on left: 53 54, on right: 41 42 54
+if (59)
+    on left: 55, on right: 57 58
+if_end (60)
+    on left: 56, on right: 57
+if_stmt (61)
+    on left: 57 58, on right: 11
+if_block (62)
+    on left: 59 60 61 62, on right: 57 58 60 61 62
+menu (63)
+    on left: 63, on right: 64
+menu_entry (64)
+    on left: 64, on right: 66 67
+menu_end (65)
+    on left: 65, on right: 66
+menu_stmt (66)
+    on left: 66 67, on right: 5 61 70
+menu_block (67)
+    on left: 68 69 70 71 72, on right: 66 67 69 70 71 72
+source (68)
+    on left: 73, on right: 74
+source_stmt (69)
+    on left: 74, on right: 15
+comment (70)
+    on left: 75, on right: 76
+comment_stmt (71)
+    on left: 76, on right: 12
+help_start (72)
+    on left: 77, on right: 78
+help (73)
+    on left: 78, on right: 24 46
+depends_list (74)
+    on left: 79 80 81, on right: 64 76 80 81
+depends (75)
+    on left: 82 83 84, on right: 23 45 80
+prompt_stmt_opt (76)
+    on left: 85 86, on right: 26 28 30 31 32 49 50
+prompt (77)
+    on left: 87 88, on right: 6 33 48 63 73 75 86
+end (78)
+    on left: 89 90 91, on right: 40 56 65
+nl_or_eof (79)
+    on left: 92 93, on right: 6 10 16 89 90 91
+if_expr (80)
+    on left: 94 95, on right: 27 29 33 34 35 36 37 48 52 86
+expr (81)
+    on left: 96 97 98 99 100 101 102, on right: 27 29 34 55 82 83 84
+    95 99 100 101 102
+symbol (82)
+    on left: 103 104, on right: 37 96 97 98
+
+
+state 0
+
+    0 $accept: . input $end
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 1 (input)
+
+    input  go to state 1
+
+
+state 1
+
+    0 $accept: input . $end
+    2 input: input . block
+
+    $end          shift, and go to state 2
+    error         shift, and go to state 3
+    T_MAINMENU    shift, and go to state 4
+    T_MENU        shift, and go to state 5
+    T_ENDMENU     shift, and go to state 6
+    T_SOURCE      shift, and go to state 7
+    T_CHOICE      shift, and go to state 8
+    T_ENDCHOICE   shift, and go to state 9
+    T_COMMENT     shift, and go to state 10
+    T_CONFIG      shift, and go to state 11
+    T_MENUCONFIG  shift, and go to state 12
+    T_IF          shift, and go to state 13
+    T_ENDIF       shift, and go to state 14
+    T_EOF         shift, and go to state 15
+    T_EOL         shift, and go to state 16
+
+    block                   go to state 17
+    common_block            go to state 18
+    config_entry_start      go to state 19
+    config_stmt             go to state 20
+    menuconfig_entry_start  go to state 21
+    menuconfig_stmt         go to state 22
+    choice                  go to state 23
+    choice_entry            go to state 24
+    choice_stmt             go to state 25
+    if                      go to state 26
+    if_stmt                 go to state 27
+    menu                    go to state 28
+    menu_entry              go to state 29
+    menu_stmt               go to state 30
+    source                  go to state 31
+    source_stmt             go to state 32
+    comment                 go to state 33
+    comment_stmt            go to state 34
+    nl_or_eof               go to state 35
+
+
+state 2
+
+    0 $accept: input $end .
+
+    $default  accept
+
+
+state 3
+
+   10 block: error . nl_or_eof
+
+    T_EOF  shift, and go to state 15
+    T_EOL  shift, and go to state 16
+
+    nl_or_eof  go to state 36
+
+
+state 4
+
+    6 block: T_MAINMENU . prompt nl_or_eof
+
+    T_WORD        shift, and go to state 37
+    T_WORD_QUOTE  shift, and go to state 38
+
+    prompt  go to state 39
+
+
+state 5
+
+   63 menu: T_MENU . prompt T_EOL
+
+    T_WORD        shift, and go to state 37
+    T_WORD_QUOTE  shift, and go to state 38
+
+    prompt  go to state 40
+
+
+state 6
+
+    7 block: T_ENDMENU .
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 7 (block)
+
+
+state 7
+
+   73 source: T_SOURCE . prompt T_EOL
+
+    T_WORD        shift, and go to state 37
+    T_WORD_QUOTE  shift, and go to state 38
+
+    prompt  go to state 41
+
+
+state 8
+
+   38 choice: T_CHOICE . T_EOL
+
+    T_EOL  shift, and go to state 42
+
+
+state 9
+
+    9 block: T_ENDCHOICE .
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 9 (block)
+
+
+state 10
+
+   75 comment: T_COMMENT . prompt T_EOL
+
+    T_WORD        shift, and go to state 37
+    T_WORD_QUOTE  shift, and go to state 38
+
+    prompt  go to state 43
+
+
+state 11
+
+   17 config_entry_start: T_CONFIG . T_WORD T_EOL
+
+    T_WORD  shift, and go to state 44
+
+
+state 12
+
+   19 menuconfig_entry_start: T_MENUCONFIG . T_WORD T_EOL
+
+    T_WORD  shift, and go to state 45
+
+
+state 13
+
+   55 if: T_IF . expr T_EOL
+
+    T_WORD        shift, and go to state 46
+    T_WORD_QUOTE  shift, and go to state 47
+    T_OPEN_PAREN  shift, and go to state 48
+    T_NOT         shift, and go to state 49
+
+    expr    go to state 50
+    symbol  go to state 51
+
+
+state 14
+
+    8 block: T_ENDIF .
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 8 (block)
+
+
+state 15
+
+   93 nl_or_eof: T_EOF .
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 93 (nl_or_eof)
+
+
+state 16
+
+   92 nl_or_eof: T_EOL .
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 92 (nl_or_eof)
+
+
+state 17
+
+    2 input: input block .
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 2 (input)
+
+
+state 18
+
+    3 block: common_block .
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 3 (block)
+
+
+state 19
+
+   18 config_stmt: config_entry_start . config_option_list
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 21 (config_option_list)
+
+    config_option_list  go to state 52
+
+
+state 20
+
+   13 common_block: config_stmt .
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 13 (common_block)
+
+
+state 21
+
+   20 menuconfig_stmt: menuconfig_entry_start . config_option_list
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 21 (config_option_list)
+
+    config_option_list  go to state 53
+
+
+state 22
+
+   14 common_block: menuconfig_stmt .
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 14 (common_block)
+
+
+state 23
+
+   39 choice_entry: choice . choice_option_list
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 43 (choice_option_list)
+
+    choice_option_list  go to state 54
+
+
+state 24
+
+   41 choice_stmt: choice_entry . choice_block choice_end
+   42            | choice_entry . choice_block
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 53 (choice_block)
+
+    choice_block  go to state 55
+
+
+state 25
+
+    4 block: choice_stmt .
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 4 (block)
+
+
+state 26
+
+   57 if_stmt: if . if_block if_end
+   58        | if . if_block
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 59 (if_block)
+
+    if_block  go to state 56
+
+
+state 27
+
+   11 common_block: if_stmt .
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 11 (common_block)
+
+
+state 28
+
+   64 menu_entry: menu . depends_list
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 79 (depends_list)
+
+    depends_list  go to state 57
+
+
+state 29
+
+   66 menu_stmt: menu_entry . menu_block menu_end
+   67          | menu_entry . menu_block
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 68 (menu_block)
+
+    menu_block  go to state 58
+
+
+state 30
+
+    5 block: menu_stmt .
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 5 (block)
+
+
+state 31
+
+   74 source_stmt: source .
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 74 (source_stmt)
+
+
+state 32
+
+   15 common_block: source_stmt .
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 15 (common_block)
+
+
+state 33
+
+   76 comment_stmt: comment . depends_list
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 79 (depends_list)
+
+    depends_list  go to state 59
+
+
+state 34
+
+   12 common_block: comment_stmt .
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 12 (common_block)
+
+
+state 35
+
+   16 common_block: nl_or_eof .
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 16 (common_block)
+
+
+state 36
+
+   10 block: error nl_or_eof .
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 10 (block)
+
+
+state 37
+
+   87 prompt: T_WORD .
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 87 (prompt)
+
+
+state 38
+
+   88 prompt: T_WORD_QUOTE .
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 88 (prompt)
+
+
+state 39
+
+    6 block: T_MAINMENU prompt . nl_or_eof
+
+    T_EOF  shift, and go to state 15
+    T_EOL  shift, and go to state 16
+
+    nl_or_eof  go to state 60
+
+
+state 40
+
+   63 menu: T_MENU prompt . T_EOL
+
+    T_EOL  shift, and go to state 61
+
+
+state 41
+
+   73 source: T_SOURCE prompt . T_EOL
+
+    T_EOL  shift, and go to state 62
+
+
+state 42
+
+   38 choice: T_CHOICE T_EOL .
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 38 (choice)
+
+
+state 43
+
+   75 comment: T_COMMENT prompt . T_EOL
+
+    T_EOL  shift, and go to state 63
+
+
+state 44
+
+   17 config_entry_start: T_CONFIG T_WORD . T_EOL
+
+    T_EOL  shift, and go to state 64
+
+
+state 45
+
+   19 menuconfig_entry_start: T_MENUCONFIG T_WORD . T_EOL
+
+    T_EOL  shift, and go to state 65
+
+
+state 46
+
+  103 symbol: T_WORD .
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 103 (symbol)
+
+
+state 47
+
+  104 symbol: T_WORD_QUOTE .
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 104 (symbol)
+
+
+state 48
+
+   99 expr: T_OPEN_PAREN . expr T_CLOSE_PAREN
+
+    T_WORD        shift, and go to state 46
+    T_WORD_QUOTE  shift, and go to state 47
+    T_OPEN_PAREN  shift, and go to state 48
+    T_NOT         shift, and go to state 49
+
+    expr    go to state 66
+    symbol  go to state 51
+
+
+state 49
+
+  100 expr: T_NOT . expr
+
+    T_WORD        shift, and go to state 46
+    T_WORD_QUOTE  shift, and go to state 47
+    T_OPEN_PAREN  shift, and go to state 48
+    T_NOT         shift, and go to state 49
+
+    expr    go to state 67
+    symbol  go to state 51
+
+
+state 50
+
+   55 if: T_IF expr . T_EOL
+  101 expr: expr . T_OR expr
+  102     | expr . T_AND expr
+
+    T_EOL  shift, and go to state 68
+    T_OR   shift, and go to state 69
+    T_AND  shift, and go to state 70
+
+
+state 51
+
+   96 expr: symbol .
+   97     | symbol . T_EQUAL symbol
+   98     | symbol . T_UNEQUAL symbol
+
+    T_UNEQUAL  shift, and go to state 71
+    T_EQUAL    shift, and go to state 72
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 96 (expr)
+
+
+state 52
+
+   18 config_stmt: config_entry_start config_option_list .
+   22 config_option_list: config_option_list . config_option
+   23                   | config_option_list . depends
+   24                   | config_option_list . help
+   25                   | config_option_list . T_EOL
+
+    T_HELP          shift, and go to state 73
+    T_DEPENDS       shift, and go to state 74
+    T_REQUIRES      shift, and go to state 75
+    T_PROMPT        shift, and go to state 76
+    T_DEFAULT       shift, and go to state 77
+    T_TRISTATE      shift, and go to state 78
+    T_DEF_TRISTATE  shift, and go to state 79
+    T_BOOLEAN       shift, and go to state 80
+    T_DEF_BOOLEAN   shift, and go to state 81
+    T_STRING        shift, and go to state 82
+    T_INT           shift, and go to state 83
+    T_HEX           shift, and go to state 84
+    T_EOL           shift, and go to state 85
+    T_SELECT        shift, and go to state 86
+    T_RANGE         shift, and go to state 87
+
+    T_EOL     [reduce using rule 18 (config_stmt)]
+    $default  reduce using rule 18 (config_stmt)
+
+    config_option  go to state 88
+    help_start     go to state 89
+    help           go to state 90
+    depends        go to state 91
+
+
+state 53
+
+   20 menuconfig_stmt: menuconfig_entry_start config_option_list .
+   22 config_option_list: config_option_list . config_option
+   23                   | config_option_list . depends
+   24                   | config_option_list . help
+   25                   | config_option_list . T_EOL
+
+    T_HELP          shift, and go to state 73
+    T_DEPENDS       shift, and go to state 74
+    T_REQUIRES      shift, and go to state 75
+    T_PROMPT        shift, and go to state 76
+    T_DEFAULT       shift, and go to state 77
+    T_TRISTATE      shift, and go to state 78
+    T_DEF_TRISTATE  shift, and go to state 79
+    T_BOOLEAN       shift, and go to state 80
+    T_DEF_BOOLEAN   shift, and go to state 81
+    T_STRING        shift, and go to state 82
+    T_INT           shift, and go to state 83
+    T_HEX           shift, and go to state 84
+    T_EOL           shift, and go to state 85
+    T_SELECT        shift, and go to state 86
+    T_RANGE         shift, and go to state 87
+
+    T_EOL     [reduce using rule 20 (menuconfig_stmt)]
+    $default  reduce using rule 20 (menuconfig_stmt)
+
+    config_option  go to state 88
+    help_start     go to state 89
+    help           go to state 90
+    depends        go to state 91
+
+
+state 54
+
+   39 choice_entry: choice choice_option_list .
+   44 choice_option_list: choice_option_list . choice_option
+   45                   | choice_option_list . depends
+   46                   | choice_option_list . help
+   47                   | choice_option_list . T_EOL
+
+    T_HELP      shift, and go to state 73
+    T_DEPENDS   shift, and go to state 74
+    T_REQUIRES  shift, and go to state 75
+    T_OPTIONAL  shift, and go to state 92
+    T_PROMPT    shift, and go to state 93
+    T_DEFAULT   shift, and go to state 94
+    T_TRISTATE  shift, and go to state 95
+    T_BOOLEAN   shift, and go to state 96
+    T_EOL       shift, and go to state 97
+
+    T_EOL     [reduce using rule 39 (choice_entry)]
+    $default  reduce using rule 39 (choice_entry)
+
+    choice_option  go to state 98
+    help_start     go to state 89
+    help           go to state 99
+    depends        go to state 100
+
+
+state 55
+
+   41 choice_stmt: choice_entry choice_block . choice_end
+   42            | choice_entry choice_block .
+   54 choice_block: choice_block . common_block
+
+    T_ENDMENU     shift, and go to state 101
+    T_SOURCE      shift, and go to state 7
+    T_ENDCHOICE   shift, and go to state 102
+    T_COMMENT     shift, and go to state 10
+    T_CONFIG      shift, and go to state 11
+    T_MENUCONFIG  shift, and go to state 12
+    T_IF          shift, and go to state 13
+    T_ENDIF       shift, and go to state 103
+    T_EOF         shift, and go to state 15
+    T_EOL         shift, and go to state 16
+
+    T_ENDMENU     [reduce using rule 42 (choice_stmt)]
+    T_SOURCE      [reduce using rule 42 (choice_stmt)]
+    T_ENDCHOICE   [reduce using rule 42 (choice_stmt)]
+    T_COMMENT     [reduce using rule 42 (choice_stmt)]
+    T_CONFIG      [reduce using rule 42 (choice_stmt)]
+    T_MENUCONFIG  [reduce using rule 42 (choice_stmt)]
+    T_IF          [reduce using rule 42 (choice_stmt)]
+    T_ENDIF       [reduce using rule 42 (choice_stmt)]
+    T_EOF         [reduce using rule 42 (choice_stmt)]
+    T_EOL         [reduce using rule 42 (choice_stmt)]
+    $default      reduce using rule 42 (choice_stmt)
+
+    common_block            go to state 104
+    config_entry_start      go to state 19
+    config_stmt             go to state 20
+    menuconfig_entry_start  go to state 21
+    menuconfig_stmt         go to state 22
+    choice_end              go to state 105
+    if                      go to state 26
+    if_stmt                 go to state 27
+    source                  go to state 31
+    source_stmt             go to state 32
+    comment                 go to state 33
+    comment_stmt            go to state 34
+    end                     go to state 106
+    nl_or_eof               go to state 35
+
+
+state 56
+
+   57 if_stmt: if if_block . if_end
+   58        | if if_block .
+   60 if_block: if_block . common_block
+   61         | if_block . menu_stmt
+   62         | if_block . choice_stmt
+
+    T_MENU        shift, and go to state 5
+    T_ENDMENU     shift, and go to state 101
+    T_SOURCE      shift, and go to state 7
+    T_CHOICE      shift, and go to state 8
+    T_ENDCHOICE   shift, and go to state 102
+    T_COMMENT     shift, and go to state 10
+    T_CONFIG      shift, and go to state 11
+    T_MENUCONFIG  shift, and go to state 12
+    T_IF          shift, and go to state 13
+    T_ENDIF       shift, and go to state 103
+    T_EOF         shift, and go to state 15
+    T_EOL         shift, and go to state 16
+
+    T_MENU        [reduce using rule 58 (if_stmt)]
+    T_ENDMENU     [reduce using rule 58 (if_stmt)]
+    T_SOURCE      [reduce using rule 58 (if_stmt)]
+    T_CHOICE      [reduce using rule 58 (if_stmt)]
+    T_ENDCHOICE   [reduce using rule 58 (if_stmt)]
+    T_COMMENT     [reduce using rule 58 (if_stmt)]
+    T_CONFIG      [reduce using rule 58 (if_stmt)]
+    T_MENUCONFIG  [reduce using rule 58 (if_stmt)]
+    T_IF          [reduce using rule 58 (if_stmt)]
+    T_ENDIF       [reduce using rule 58 (if_stmt)]
+    T_EOF         [reduce using rule 58 (if_stmt)]
+    T_EOL         [reduce using rule 58 (if_stmt)]
+    $default      reduce using rule 58 (if_stmt)
+
+    common_block            go to state 107
+    config_entry_start      go to state 19
+    config_stmt             go to state 20
+    menuconfig_entry_start  go to state 21
+    menuconfig_stmt         go to state 22
+    choice                  go to state 23
+    choice_entry            go to state 24
+    choice_stmt             go to state 108
+    if                      go to state 26
+    if_end                  go to state 109
+    if_stmt                 go to state 27
+    menu                    go to state 28
+    menu_entry              go to state 29
+    menu_stmt               go to state 110
+    source                  go to state 31
+    source_stmt             go to state 32
+    comment                 go to state 33
+    comment_stmt            go to state 34
+    end                     go to state 111
+    nl_or_eof               go to state 35
+
+
+state 57
+
+   64 menu_entry: menu depends_list .
+   80 depends_list: depends_list . depends
+   81             | depends_list . T_EOL
+
+    T_DEPENDS   shift, and go to state 74
+    T_REQUIRES  shift, and go to state 75
+    T_EOL       shift, and go to state 112
+
+    T_EOL     [reduce using rule 64 (menu_entry)]
+    $default  reduce using rule 64 (menu_entry)
+
+    depends  go to state 113
+
+
+state 58
+
+   66 menu_stmt: menu_entry menu_block . menu_end
+   67          | menu_entry menu_block .
+   69 menu_block: menu_block . common_block
+   70           | menu_block . menu_stmt
+   71           | menu_block . choice_stmt
+   72           | menu_block . error T_EOL
+
+    error         shift, and go to state 114
+    T_MENU        shift, and go to state 5
+    T_ENDMENU     shift, and go to state 101
+    T_SOURCE      shift, and go to state 7
+    T_CHOICE      shift, and go to state 8
+    T_ENDCHOICE   shift, and go to state 102
+    T_COMMENT     shift, and go to state 10
+    T_CONFIG      shift, and go to state 11
+    T_MENUCONFIG  shift, and go to state 12
+    T_IF          shift, and go to state 13
+    T_ENDIF       shift, and go to state 103
+    T_EOF         shift, and go to state 15
+    T_EOL         shift, and go to state 16
+
+    $end          reduce using rule 67 (menu_stmt)
+    error         [reduce using rule 67 (menu_stmt)]
+    T_MAINMENU    reduce using rule 67 (menu_stmt)
+    T_MENU        [reduce using rule 67 (menu_stmt)]
+    T_ENDMENU     [reduce using rule 67 (menu_stmt)]
+    T_SOURCE      [reduce using rule 67 (menu_stmt)]
+    T_CHOICE      [reduce using rule 67 (menu_stmt)]
+    T_ENDCHOICE   [reduce using rule 67 (menu_stmt)]
+    T_COMMENT     [reduce using rule 67 (menu_stmt)]
+    T_CONFIG      [reduce using rule 67 (menu_stmt)]
+    T_MENUCONFIG  [reduce using rule 67 (menu_stmt)]
+    T_IF          [reduce using rule 67 (menu_stmt)]
+    T_ENDIF       [reduce using rule 67 (menu_stmt)]
+    T_EOF         [reduce using rule 67 (menu_stmt)]
+    T_EOL         [reduce using rule 67 (menu_stmt)]
+
+    common_block            go to state 115
+    config_entry_start      go to state 19
+    config_stmt             go to state 20
+    menuconfig_entry_start  go to state 21
+    menuconfig_stmt         go to state 22
+    choice                  go to state 23
+    choice_entry            go to state 24
+    choice_stmt             go to state 116
+    if                      go to state 26
+    if_stmt                 go to state 27
+    menu                    go to state 28
+    menu_entry              go to state 29
+    menu_end                go to state 117
+    menu_stmt               go to state 118
+    source                  go to state 31
+    source_stmt             go to state 32
+    comment                 go to state 33
+    comment_stmt            go to state 34
+    end                     go to state 119
+    nl_or_eof               go to state 35
+
+
+state 59
+
+   76 comment_stmt: comment depends_list .
+   80 depends_list: depends_list . depends
+   81             | depends_list . T_EOL
+
+    T_DEPENDS   shift, and go to state 74
+    T_REQUIRES  shift, and go to state 75
+    T_EOL       shift, and go to state 112
+
+    T_EOL     [reduce using rule 76 (comment_stmt)]
+    $default  reduce using rule 76 (comment_stmt)
+
+    depends  go to state 113
+
+
+state 60
+
+    6 block: T_MAINMENU prompt nl_or_eof .
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 6 (block)
+
+
+state 61
+
+   63 menu: T_MENU prompt T_EOL .
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 63 (menu)
+
+
+state 62
+
+   73 source: T_SOURCE prompt T_EOL .
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 73 (source)
+
+
+state 63
+
+   75 comment: T_COMMENT prompt T_EOL .
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 75 (comment)
+
+
+state 64
+
+   17 config_entry_start: T_CONFIG T_WORD T_EOL .
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 17 (config_entry_start)
+
+
+state 65
+
+   19 menuconfig_entry_start: T_MENUCONFIG T_WORD T_EOL .
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 19 (menuconfig_entry_start)
+
+
+state 66
+
+   99 expr: T_OPEN_PAREN expr . T_CLOSE_PAREN
+  101     | expr . T_OR expr
+  102     | expr . T_AND expr
+
+    T_CLOSE_PAREN  shift, and go to state 120
+    T_OR           shift, and go to state 69
+    T_AND          shift, and go to state 70
+
+
+state 67
+
+  100 expr: T_NOT expr .
+  101     | expr . T_OR expr
+  102     | expr . T_AND expr
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 100 (expr)
+
+
+state 68
+
+   55 if: T_IF expr T_EOL .
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 55 (if)
+
+
+state 69
+
+  101 expr: expr T_OR . expr
+
+    T_WORD        shift, and go to state 46
+    T_WORD_QUOTE  shift, and go to state 47
+    T_OPEN_PAREN  shift, and go to state 48
+    T_NOT         shift, and go to state 49
+
+    expr    go to state 121
+    symbol  go to state 51
+
+
+state 70
+
+  102 expr: expr T_AND . expr
+
+    T_WORD        shift, and go to state 46
+    T_WORD_QUOTE  shift, and go to state 47
+    T_OPEN_PAREN  shift, and go to state 48
+    T_NOT         shift, and go to state 49
+
+    expr    go to state 122
+    symbol  go to state 51
+
+
+state 71
+
+   98 expr: symbol T_UNEQUAL . symbol
+
+    T_WORD        shift, and go to state 46
+    T_WORD_QUOTE  shift, and go to state 47
+
+    symbol  go to state 123
+
+
+state 72
+
+   97 expr: symbol T_EQUAL . symbol
+
+    T_WORD        shift, and go to state 46
+    T_WORD_QUOTE  shift, and go to state 47
+
+    symbol  go to state 124
+
+
+state 73
+
+   77 help_start: T_HELP . T_EOL
+
+    T_EOL  shift, and go to state 125
+
+
+state 74
+
+   82 depends: T_DEPENDS . T_ON expr T_EOL
+   83        | T_DEPENDS . expr T_EOL
+
+    T_WORD        shift, and go to state 46
+    T_WORD_QUOTE  shift, and go to state 47
+    T_OPEN_PAREN  shift, and go to state 48
+    T_ON          shift, and go to state 126
+    T_NOT         shift, and go to state 49
+
+    expr    go to state 127
+    symbol  go to state 51
+
+
+state 75
+
+   84 depends: T_REQUIRES . expr T_EOL
+
+    T_WORD        shift, and go to state 46
+    T_WORD_QUOTE  shift, and go to state 47
+    T_OPEN_PAREN  shift, and go to state 48
+    T_NOT         shift, and go to state 49
+
+    expr    go to state 128
+    symbol  go to state 51
+
+
+state 76
+
+   33 config_option: T_PROMPT . prompt if_expr T_EOL
+
+    T_WORD        shift, and go to state 37
+    T_WORD_QUOTE  shift, and go to state 38
+
+    prompt  go to state 129
+
+
+state 77
+
+   34 config_option: T_DEFAULT . expr if_expr T_EOL
+
+    T_WORD        shift, and go to state 46
+    T_WORD_QUOTE  shift, and go to state 47
+    T_OPEN_PAREN  shift, and go to state 48
+    T_NOT         shift, and go to state 49
+
+    expr    go to state 130
+    symbol  go to state 51
+
+
+state 78
+
+   26 config_option: T_TRISTATE . prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL
+
+    T_WORD        shift, and go to state 37
+    T_WORD_QUOTE  shift, and go to state 38
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 85 (prompt_stmt_opt)
+
+    prompt_stmt_opt  go to state 131
+    prompt           go to state 132
+
+
+state 79
+
+   27 config_option: T_DEF_TRISTATE . expr if_expr T_EOL
+
+    T_WORD        shift, and go to state 46
+    T_WORD_QUOTE  shift, and go to state 47
+    T_OPEN_PAREN  shift, and go to state 48
+    T_NOT         shift, and go to state 49
+
+    expr    go to state 133
+    symbol  go to state 51
+
+
+state 80
+
+   28 config_option: T_BOOLEAN . prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL
+
+    T_WORD        shift, and go to state 37
+    T_WORD_QUOTE  shift, and go to state 38
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 85 (prompt_stmt_opt)
+
+    prompt_stmt_opt  go to state 134
+    prompt           go to state 132
+
+
+state 81
+
+   29 config_option: T_DEF_BOOLEAN . expr if_expr T_EOL
+
+    T_WORD        shift, and go to state 46
+    T_WORD_QUOTE  shift, and go to state 47
+    T_OPEN_PAREN  shift, and go to state 48
+    T_NOT         shift, and go to state 49
+
+    expr    go to state 135
+    symbol  go to state 51
+
+
+state 82
+
+   32 config_option: T_STRING . prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL
+
+    T_WORD        shift, and go to state 37
+    T_WORD_QUOTE  shift, and go to state 38
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 85 (prompt_stmt_opt)
+
+    prompt_stmt_opt  go to state 136
+    prompt           go to state 132
+
+
+state 83
+
+   30 config_option: T_INT . prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL
+
+    T_WORD        shift, and go to state 37
+    T_WORD_QUOTE  shift, and go to state 38
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 85 (prompt_stmt_opt)
+
+    prompt_stmt_opt  go to state 137
+    prompt           go to state 132
+
+
+state 84
+
+   31 config_option: T_HEX . prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL
+
+    T_WORD        shift, and go to state 37
+    T_WORD_QUOTE  shift, and go to state 38
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 85 (prompt_stmt_opt)
+
+    prompt_stmt_opt  go to state 138
+    prompt           go to state 132
+
+
+state 85
+
+   25 config_option_list: config_option_list T_EOL .
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 25 (config_option_list)
+
+
+state 86
+
+   35 config_option: T_SELECT . T_WORD if_expr T_EOL
+   36              | T_SELECT . T_NOT T_WORD if_expr T_EOL
+
+    T_WORD  shift, and go to state 139
+    T_NOT   shift, and go to state 140
+
+
+state 87
+
+   37 config_option: T_RANGE . symbol symbol if_expr T_EOL
+
+    T_WORD        shift, and go to state 46
+    T_WORD_QUOTE  shift, and go to state 47
+
+    symbol  go to state 141
+
+
+state 88
+
+   22 config_option_list: config_option_list config_option .
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 22 (config_option_list)
+
+
+state 89
+
+   78 help: help_start . T_HELPTEXT
+
+    T_HELPTEXT  shift, and go to state 142
+
+
+state 90
+
+   24 config_option_list: config_option_list help .
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 24 (config_option_list)
+
+
+state 91
+
+   23 config_option_list: config_option_list depends .
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 23 (config_option_list)
+
+
+state 92
+
+   51 choice_option: T_OPTIONAL . T_EOL
+
+    T_EOL  shift, and go to state 143
+
+
+state 93
+
+   48 choice_option: T_PROMPT . prompt if_expr T_EOL
+
+    T_WORD        shift, and go to state 37
+    T_WORD_QUOTE  shift, and go to state 38
+
+    prompt  go to state 144
+
+
+state 94
+
+   52 choice_option: T_DEFAULT . T_WORD if_expr T_EOL
+
+    T_WORD  shift, and go to state 145
+
+
+state 95
+
+   49 choice_option: T_TRISTATE . prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL
+
+    T_WORD        shift, and go to state 37
+    T_WORD_QUOTE  shift, and go to state 38
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 85 (prompt_stmt_opt)
+
+    prompt_stmt_opt  go to state 146
+    prompt           go to state 132
+
+
+state 96
+
+   50 choice_option: T_BOOLEAN . prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL
+
+    T_WORD        shift, and go to state 37
+    T_WORD_QUOTE  shift, and go to state 38
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 85 (prompt_stmt_opt)
+
+    prompt_stmt_opt  go to state 147
+    prompt           go to state 132
+
+
+state 97
+
+   47 choice_option_list: choice_option_list T_EOL .
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 47 (choice_option_list)
+
+
+state 98
+
+   44 choice_option_list: choice_option_list choice_option .
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 44 (choice_option_list)
+
+
+state 99
+
+   46 choice_option_list: choice_option_list help .
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 46 (choice_option_list)
+
+
+state 100
+
+   45 choice_option_list: choice_option_list depends .
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 45 (choice_option_list)
+
+
+state 101
+
+   89 end: T_ENDMENU . nl_or_eof
+
+    T_EOF  shift, and go to state 15
+    T_EOL  shift, and go to state 16
+
+    nl_or_eof  go to state 148
+
+
+state 102
+
+   90 end: T_ENDCHOICE . nl_or_eof
+
+    T_EOF  shift, and go to state 15
+    T_EOL  shift, and go to state 16
+
+    nl_or_eof  go to state 149
+
+
+state 103
+
+   91 end: T_ENDIF . nl_or_eof
+
+    T_EOF  shift, and go to state 15
+    T_EOL  shift, and go to state 16
+
+    nl_or_eof  go to state 150
+
+
+state 104
+
+   54 choice_block: choice_block common_block .
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 54 (choice_block)
+
+
+state 105
+
+   41 choice_stmt: choice_entry choice_block choice_end .
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 41 (choice_stmt)
+
+
+state 106
+
+   40 choice_end: end .
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 40 (choice_end)
+
+
+state 107
+
+   60 if_block: if_block common_block .
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 60 (if_block)
+
+
+state 108
+
+   62 if_block: if_block choice_stmt .
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 62 (if_block)
+
+
+state 109
+
+   57 if_stmt: if if_block if_end .
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 57 (if_stmt)
+
+
+state 110
+
+   61 if_block: if_block menu_stmt .
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 61 (if_block)
+
+
+state 111
+
+   56 if_end: end .
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 56 (if_end)
+
+
+state 112
+
+   81 depends_list: depends_list T_EOL .
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 81 (depends_list)
+
+
+state 113
+
+   80 depends_list: depends_list depends .
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 80 (depends_list)
+
+
+state 114
+
+   72 menu_block: menu_block error . T_EOL
+
+    T_EOL  shift, and go to state 151
+
+
+state 115
+
+   69 menu_block: menu_block common_block .
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 69 (menu_block)
+
+
+state 116
+
+   71 menu_block: menu_block choice_stmt .
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 71 (menu_block)
+
+
+state 117
+
+   66 menu_stmt: menu_entry menu_block menu_end .
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 66 (menu_stmt)
+
+
+state 118
+
+   70 menu_block: menu_block menu_stmt .
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 70 (menu_block)
+
+
+state 119
+
+   65 menu_end: end .
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 65 (menu_end)
+
+
+state 120
+
+   99 expr: T_OPEN_PAREN expr T_CLOSE_PAREN .
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 99 (expr)
+
+
+state 121
+
+  101 expr: expr . T_OR expr
+  101     | expr T_OR expr .
+  102     | expr . T_AND expr
+
+    T_AND  shift, and go to state 70
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 101 (expr)
+
+
+state 122
+
+  101 expr: expr . T_OR expr
+  102     | expr . T_AND expr
+  102     | expr T_AND expr .
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 102 (expr)
+
+
+state 123
+
+   98 expr: symbol T_UNEQUAL symbol .
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 98 (expr)
+
+
+state 124
+
+   97 expr: symbol T_EQUAL symbol .
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 97 (expr)
+
+
+state 125
+
+   77 help_start: T_HELP T_EOL .
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 77 (help_start)
+
+
+state 126
+
+   82 depends: T_DEPENDS T_ON . expr T_EOL
+
+    T_WORD        shift, and go to state 46
+    T_WORD_QUOTE  shift, and go to state 47
+    T_OPEN_PAREN  shift, and go to state 48
+    T_NOT         shift, and go to state 49
+
+    expr    go to state 152
+    symbol  go to state 51
+
+
+state 127
+
+   83 depends: T_DEPENDS expr . T_EOL
+  101 expr: expr . T_OR expr
+  102     | expr . T_AND expr
+
+    T_EOL  shift, and go to state 153
+    T_OR   shift, and go to state 69
+    T_AND  shift, and go to state 70
+
+
+state 128
+
+   84 depends: T_REQUIRES expr . T_EOL
+  101 expr: expr . T_OR expr
+  102     | expr . T_AND expr
+
+    T_EOL  shift, and go to state 154
+    T_OR   shift, and go to state 69
+    T_AND  shift, and go to state 70
+
+
+state 129
+
+   33 config_option: T_PROMPT prompt . if_expr T_EOL
+
+    T_IF  shift, and go to state 155
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 94 (if_expr)
+
+    if_expr  go to state 156
+
+
+state 130
+
+   34 config_option: T_DEFAULT expr . if_expr T_EOL
+  101 expr: expr . T_OR expr
+  102     | expr . T_AND expr
+
+    T_IF   shift, and go to state 155
+    T_OR   shift, and go to state 69
+    T_AND  shift, and go to state 70
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 94 (if_expr)
+
+    if_expr  go to state 157
+
+
+state 131
+
+   26 config_option: T_TRISTATE prompt_stmt_opt . T_EOL
+
+    T_EOL  shift, and go to state 158
+
+
+state 132
+
+   86 prompt_stmt_opt: prompt . if_expr
+
+    T_IF  shift, and go to state 155
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 94 (if_expr)
+
+    if_expr  go to state 159
+
+
+state 133
+
+   27 config_option: T_DEF_TRISTATE expr . if_expr T_EOL
+  101 expr: expr . T_OR expr
+  102     | expr . T_AND expr
+
+    T_IF   shift, and go to state 155
+    T_OR   shift, and go to state 69
+    T_AND  shift, and go to state 70
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 94 (if_expr)
+
+    if_expr  go to state 160
+
+
+state 134
+
+   28 config_option: T_BOOLEAN prompt_stmt_opt . T_EOL
+
+    T_EOL  shift, and go to state 161
+
+
+state 135
+
+   29 config_option: T_DEF_BOOLEAN expr . if_expr T_EOL
+  101 expr: expr . T_OR expr
+  102     | expr . T_AND expr
+
+    T_IF   shift, and go to state 155
+    T_OR   shift, and go to state 69
+    T_AND  shift, and go to state 70
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 94 (if_expr)
+
+    if_expr  go to state 162
+
+
+state 136
+
+   32 config_option: T_STRING prompt_stmt_opt . T_EOL
+
+    T_EOL  shift, and go to state 163
+
+
+state 137
+
+   30 config_option: T_INT prompt_stmt_opt . T_EOL
+
+    T_EOL  shift, and go to state 164
+
+
+state 138
+
+   31 config_option: T_HEX prompt_stmt_opt . T_EOL
+
+    T_EOL  shift, and go to state 165
+
+
+state 139
+
+   35 config_option: T_SELECT T_WORD . if_expr T_EOL
+
+    T_IF  shift, and go to state 155
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 94 (if_expr)
+
+    if_expr  go to state 166
+
+
+state 140
+
+   36 config_option: T_SELECT T_NOT . T_WORD if_expr T_EOL
+
+    T_WORD  shift, and go to state 167
+
+
+state 141
+
+   37 config_option: T_RANGE symbol . symbol if_expr T_EOL
+
+    T_WORD        shift, and go to state 46
+    T_WORD_QUOTE  shift, and go to state 47
+
+    symbol  go to state 168
+
+
+state 142
+
+   78 help: help_start T_HELPTEXT .
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 78 (help)
+
+
+state 143
+
+   51 choice_option: T_OPTIONAL T_EOL .
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 51 (choice_option)
+
+
+state 144
+
+   48 choice_option: T_PROMPT prompt . if_expr T_EOL
+
+    T_IF  shift, and go to state 155
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 94 (if_expr)
+
+    if_expr  go to state 169
+
+
+state 145
+
+   52 choice_option: T_DEFAULT T_WORD . if_expr T_EOL
+
+    T_IF  shift, and go to state 155
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 94 (if_expr)
+
+    if_expr  go to state 170
+
+
+state 146
+
+   49 choice_option: T_TRISTATE prompt_stmt_opt . T_EOL
+
+    T_EOL  shift, and go to state 171
+
+
+state 147
+
+   50 choice_option: T_BOOLEAN prompt_stmt_opt . T_EOL
+
+    T_EOL  shift, and go to state 172
+
+
+state 148
+
+   89 end: T_ENDMENU nl_or_eof .
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 89 (end)
+
+
+state 149
+
+   90 end: T_ENDCHOICE nl_or_eof .
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 90 (end)
+
+
+state 150
+
+   91 end: T_ENDIF nl_or_eof .
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 91 (end)
+
+
+state 151
+
+   72 menu_block: menu_block error T_EOL .
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 72 (menu_block)
+
+
+state 152
+
+   82 depends: T_DEPENDS T_ON expr . T_EOL
+  101 expr: expr . T_OR expr
+  102     | expr . T_AND expr
+
+    T_EOL  shift, and go to state 173
+    T_OR   shift, and go to state 69
+    T_AND  shift, and go to state 70
+
+
+state 153
+
+   83 depends: T_DEPENDS expr T_EOL .
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 83 (depends)
+
+
+state 154
+
+   84 depends: T_REQUIRES expr T_EOL .
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 84 (depends)
+
+
+state 155
+
+   95 if_expr: T_IF . expr
+
+    T_WORD        shift, and go to state 46
+    T_WORD_QUOTE  shift, and go to state 47
+    T_OPEN_PAREN  shift, and go to state 48
+    T_NOT         shift, and go to state 49
+
+    expr    go to state 174
+    symbol  go to state 51
+
+
+state 156
+
+   33 config_option: T_PROMPT prompt if_expr . T_EOL
+
+    T_EOL  shift, and go to state 175
+
+
+state 157
+
+   34 config_option: T_DEFAULT expr if_expr . T_EOL
+
+    T_EOL  shift, and go to state 176
+
+
+state 158
+
+   26 config_option: T_TRISTATE prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL .
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 26 (config_option)
+
+
+state 159
+
+   86 prompt_stmt_opt: prompt if_expr .
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 86 (prompt_stmt_opt)
+
+
+state 160
+
+   27 config_option: T_DEF_TRISTATE expr if_expr . T_EOL
+
+    T_EOL  shift, and go to state 177
+
+
+state 161
+
+   28 config_option: T_BOOLEAN prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL .
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 28 (config_option)
+
+
+state 162
+
+   29 config_option: T_DEF_BOOLEAN expr if_expr . T_EOL
+
+    T_EOL  shift, and go to state 178
+
+
+state 163
+
+   32 config_option: T_STRING prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL .
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 32 (config_option)
+
+
+state 164
+
+   30 config_option: T_INT prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL .
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 30 (config_option)
+
+
+state 165
+
+   31 config_option: T_HEX prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL .
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 31 (config_option)
+
+
+state 166
+
+   35 config_option: T_SELECT T_WORD if_expr . T_EOL
+
+    T_EOL  shift, and go to state 179
+
+
+state 167
+
+   36 config_option: T_SELECT T_NOT T_WORD . if_expr T_EOL
+
+    T_IF  shift, and go to state 155
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 94 (if_expr)
+
+    if_expr  go to state 180
+
+
+state 168
+
+   37 config_option: T_RANGE symbol symbol . if_expr T_EOL
+
+    T_IF  shift, and go to state 155
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 94 (if_expr)
+
+    if_expr  go to state 181
+
+
+state 169
+
+   48 choice_option: T_PROMPT prompt if_expr . T_EOL
+
+    T_EOL  shift, and go to state 182
+
+
+state 170
+
+   52 choice_option: T_DEFAULT T_WORD if_expr . T_EOL
+
+    T_EOL  shift, and go to state 183
+
+
+state 171
+
+   49 choice_option: T_TRISTATE prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL .
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 49 (choice_option)
+
+
+state 172
+
+   50 choice_option: T_BOOLEAN prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL .
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 50 (choice_option)
+
+
+state 173
+
+   82 depends: T_DEPENDS T_ON expr T_EOL .
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 82 (depends)
+
+
+state 174
+
+   95 if_expr: T_IF expr .
+  101 expr: expr . T_OR expr
+  102     | expr . T_AND expr
+
+    T_OR   shift, and go to state 69
+    T_AND  shift, and go to state 70
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 95 (if_expr)
+
+
+state 175
+
+   33 config_option: T_PROMPT prompt if_expr T_EOL .
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 33 (config_option)
+
+
+state 176
+
+   34 config_option: T_DEFAULT expr if_expr T_EOL .
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 34 (config_option)
+
+
+state 177
+
+   27 config_option: T_DEF_TRISTATE expr if_expr T_EOL .
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 27 (config_option)
+
+
+state 178
+
+   29 config_option: T_DEF_BOOLEAN expr if_expr T_EOL .
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 29 (config_option)
+
+
+state 179
+
+   35 config_option: T_SELECT T_WORD if_expr T_EOL .
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 35 (config_option)
+
+
+state 180
+
+   36 config_option: T_SELECT T_NOT T_WORD if_expr . T_EOL
+
+    T_EOL  shift, and go to state 184
+
+
+state 181
+
+   37 config_option: T_RANGE symbol symbol if_expr . T_EOL
+
+    T_EOL  shift, and go to state 185
+
+
+state 182
+
+   48 choice_option: T_PROMPT prompt if_expr T_EOL .
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 48 (choice_option)
+
+
+state 183
+
+   52 choice_option: T_DEFAULT T_WORD if_expr T_EOL .
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 52 (choice_option)
+
+
+state 184
+
+   36 config_option: T_SELECT T_NOT T_WORD if_expr T_EOL .
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 36 (config_option)
+
+
+state 185
+
+   37 config_option: T_RANGE symbol symbol if_expr T_EOL .
+
+    $default  reduce using rule 37 (config_option)
diff --git a/config/zconf.y b/config/zconf.y
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e1f1c151c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/config/zconf.y
@@ -0,0 +1,693 @@
+%{
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2002 Roman Zippel <zippel@linux-m68k.org>
+ * Released under the terms of the GNU GPL v2.0.
+ */
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+
+#define printd(mask, fmt...) if (cdebug & (mask)) printf(fmt)
+
+#define PRINTD		0x0001
+#define DEBUG_PARSE	0x0002
+
+int cdebug = PRINTD;
+
+extern int zconflex(void);
+static void zconfprint(const char *err, ...);
+static void zconferror(const char *err);
+static bool zconf_endtoken(int token, int starttoken, int endtoken);
+
+struct symbol *symbol_hash[257];
+
+#define YYERROR_VERBOSE
+%}
+%expect 40
+
+%union
+{
+	int token;
+	char *string;
+	struct symbol *symbol;
+	struct expr *expr;
+	struct menu *menu;
+}
+
+%token T_MAINMENU
+%token T_MENU
+%token T_ENDMENU
+%token T_SOURCE
+%token T_CHOICE
+%token T_ENDCHOICE
+%token T_COMMENT
+%token T_CONFIG
+%token T_MENUCONFIG
+%token T_HELP
+%token <string> T_HELPTEXT
+%token T_IF
+%token T_ENDIF
+%token T_DEPENDS
+%token T_REQUIRES
+%token T_OPTIONAL
+%token T_PROMPT
+%token T_DEFAULT
+%token T_TRISTATE
+%token T_DEF_TRISTATE
+%token T_BOOLEAN
+%token T_DEF_BOOLEAN
+%token T_STRING
+%token T_INT
+%token T_HEX
+%token <string> T_WORD
+%token <string> T_WORD_QUOTE
+%token T_UNEQUAL
+%token T_EOF
+%token T_EOL
+%token T_CLOSE_PAREN
+%token T_OPEN_PAREN
+%token T_ON
+%token T_SELECT
+%token T_RANGE
+
+%left T_OR
+%left T_AND
+%left T_EQUAL T_UNEQUAL
+%nonassoc T_NOT
+
+%type <string> prompt
+%type <string> source
+%type <symbol> symbol
+%type <expr> expr
+%type <expr> if_expr
+%type <token> end
+
+%{
+#define LKC_DIRECT_LINK
+#include "lkc.h"
+%}
+%%
+input:	  /* empty */
+	| input block
+;
+
+block:	  common_block
+	| choice_stmt
+	| menu_stmt
+	| T_MAINMENU prompt nl_or_eof
+	| T_ENDMENU		{ zconfprint("unexpected 'endmenu' statement"); }
+	| T_ENDIF		{ zconfprint("unexpected 'endif' statement"); }
+	| T_ENDCHOICE		{ zconfprint("unexpected 'endchoice' statement"); }
+	| error nl_or_eof	{ zconfprint("syntax error"); yyerrok; }
+;
+
+common_block:
+	  if_stmt
+	| comment_stmt
+	| config_stmt
+	| menuconfig_stmt
+	| source_stmt
+	| nl_or_eof
+;
+
+
+/* config/menuconfig entry */
+
+config_entry_start: T_CONFIG T_WORD T_EOL
+{
+	struct symbol *sym = sym_lookup($2, 0);
+	sym->flags |= SYMBOL_OPTIONAL;
+	menu_add_entry(sym);
+	printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:config %s\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno(), $2);
+};
+
+config_stmt: config_entry_start config_option_list
+{
+	menu_end_entry();
+	printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:endconfig\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno());
+};
+
+menuconfig_entry_start: T_MENUCONFIG T_WORD T_EOL
+{
+	struct symbol *sym = sym_lookup($2, 0);
+	sym->flags |= SYMBOL_OPTIONAL;
+	menu_add_entry(sym);
+	printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:menuconfig %s\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno(), $2);
+};
+
+menuconfig_stmt: menuconfig_entry_start config_option_list
+{
+	if (current_entry->prompt)
+		current_entry->prompt->type = P_MENU;
+	else
+		zconfprint("warning: menuconfig statement without prompt");
+	menu_end_entry();
+	printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:endconfig\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno());
+};
+
+config_option_list:
+	  /* empty */
+	| config_option_list config_option
+	| config_option_list depends
+	| config_option_list help
+	| config_option_list T_EOL
+;
+
+config_option: T_TRISTATE prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL
+{
+	menu_set_type(S_TRISTATE);
+	printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:tristate\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno());
+};
+
+config_option: T_DEF_TRISTATE expr if_expr T_EOL
+{
+	menu_add_expr(P_DEFAULT, $2, $3);
+	menu_set_type(S_TRISTATE);
+	printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:def_boolean\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno());
+};
+
+config_option: T_BOOLEAN prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL
+{
+	menu_set_type(S_BOOLEAN);
+	printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:boolean\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno());
+};
+
+config_option: T_DEF_BOOLEAN expr if_expr T_EOL
+{
+	menu_add_expr(P_DEFAULT, $2, $3);
+	menu_set_type(S_BOOLEAN);
+	printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:def_boolean\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno());
+};
+
+config_option: T_INT prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL
+{
+	menu_set_type(S_INT);
+	printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:int\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno());
+};
+
+config_option: T_HEX prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL
+{
+	menu_set_type(S_HEX);
+	printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:hex\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno());
+};
+
+config_option: T_STRING prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL
+{
+	menu_set_type(S_STRING);
+	printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:string\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno());
+};
+
+config_option: T_PROMPT prompt if_expr T_EOL
+{
+	menu_add_prompt(P_PROMPT, $2, $3);
+	printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:prompt\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno());
+};
+
+config_option: T_DEFAULT expr if_expr T_EOL
+{
+	menu_add_expr(P_DEFAULT, $2, $3);
+	printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:default\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno());
+};
+
+config_option: T_SELECT T_WORD if_expr T_EOL
+{
+	menu_add_symbol(P_SELECT, sym_lookup($2, 0), $3);
+	printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:select\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno());
+};
+
+config_option: T_SELECT T_NOT T_WORD if_expr T_EOL
+{
+	menu_add_symbol(P_SELECTNOT, sym_lookup($3, 0), $4);
+	printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:selectnot\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno());
+};
+
+config_option: T_RANGE symbol symbol if_expr T_EOL
+{
+	menu_add_expr(P_RANGE, expr_alloc_comp(E_RANGE,$2, $3), $4);
+	printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:range\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno());
+};
+
+/* choice entry */
+
+choice: T_CHOICE T_EOL
+{
+	struct symbol *sym = sym_lookup(NULL, 0);
+	sym->flags |= SYMBOL_CHOICE;
+	menu_add_entry(sym);
+	menu_add_expr(P_CHOICE, NULL, NULL);
+	printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:choice\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno());
+};
+
+choice_entry: choice choice_option_list
+{
+	menu_end_entry();
+	menu_add_menu();
+};
+
+choice_end: end
+{
+	if (zconf_endtoken($1, T_CHOICE, T_ENDCHOICE)) {
+		menu_end_menu();
+		printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:endchoice\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno());
+	}
+};
+
+choice_stmt:
+	  choice_entry choice_block choice_end
+	| choice_entry choice_block
+{
+	printf("%s:%d: missing 'endchoice' for this 'choice' statement\n", current_menu->file->name, current_menu->lineno);
+	zconfnerrs++;
+};
+
+choice_option_list:
+	  /* empty */
+	| choice_option_list choice_option
+	| choice_option_list depends
+	| choice_option_list help
+	| choice_option_list T_EOL
+;
+
+choice_option: T_PROMPT prompt if_expr T_EOL
+{
+	menu_add_prompt(P_PROMPT, $2, $3);
+	printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:prompt\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno());
+};
+
+choice_option: T_TRISTATE prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL
+{
+	menu_set_type(S_TRISTATE);
+	printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:tristate\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno());
+};
+
+choice_option: T_BOOLEAN prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL
+{
+	menu_set_type(S_BOOLEAN);
+	printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:boolean\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno());
+};
+
+choice_option: T_OPTIONAL T_EOL
+{
+	current_entry->sym->flags |= SYMBOL_OPTIONAL;
+	printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:optional\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno());
+};
+
+choice_option: T_DEFAULT T_WORD if_expr T_EOL
+{
+	menu_add_symbol(P_DEFAULT, sym_lookup($2, 0), $3);
+	printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:default\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno());
+};
+
+choice_block:
+	  /* empty */
+	| choice_block common_block
+;
+
+/* if entry */
+
+if: T_IF expr T_EOL
+{
+	printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:if\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno());
+	menu_add_entry(NULL);
+	menu_add_dep($2);
+	menu_end_entry();
+	menu_add_menu();
+};
+
+if_end: end
+{
+	if (zconf_endtoken($1, T_IF, T_ENDIF)) {
+		menu_end_menu();
+		printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:endif\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno());
+	}
+};
+
+if_stmt:
+	  if if_block if_end
+	| if if_block
+{
+	printf("%s:%d: missing 'endif' for this 'if' statement\n", current_menu->file->name, current_menu->lineno);
+	zconfnerrs++;
+};
+
+if_block:
+	  /* empty */
+	| if_block common_block
+	| if_block menu_stmt
+	| if_block choice_stmt
+;
+
+/* menu entry */
+
+menu: T_MENU prompt T_EOL
+{
+	menu_add_entry(NULL);
+	menu_add_prop(P_MENU, $2, NULL, NULL);
+	printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:menu\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno());
+};
+
+menu_entry: menu depends_list
+{
+	menu_end_entry();
+	menu_add_menu();
+};
+
+menu_end: end
+{
+	if (zconf_endtoken($1, T_MENU, T_ENDMENU)) {
+		menu_end_menu();
+		printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:endmenu\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno());
+	}
+};
+
+menu_stmt:
+	  menu_entry menu_block menu_end
+	| menu_entry menu_block
+{
+	printf("%s:%d: missing 'endmenu' for this 'menu' statement\n", current_menu->file->name, current_menu->lineno);
+	zconfnerrs++;
+};
+
+menu_block:
+	  /* empty */
+	| menu_block common_block
+	| menu_block menu_stmt
+	| menu_block choice_stmt
+	| menu_block error T_EOL		{ zconfprint("invalid menu option"); yyerrok; }
+;
+
+source: T_SOURCE prompt T_EOL
+{
+	$$ = $2;
+	printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:source %s\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno(), $2);
+};
+
+source_stmt: source
+{
+	zconf_nextfile($1);
+};
+
+/* comment entry */
+
+comment: T_COMMENT prompt T_EOL
+{
+	menu_add_entry(NULL);
+	menu_add_prop(P_COMMENT, $2, NULL, NULL);
+	printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:comment\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno());
+};
+
+comment_stmt: comment depends_list
+{
+	menu_end_entry();
+};
+
+/* help option */
+
+help_start: T_HELP T_EOL
+{
+	printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:help\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno());
+	zconf_starthelp();
+};
+
+help: help_start T_HELPTEXT
+{
+	current_entry->sym->help = $2;
+};
+
+/* depends option */
+
+depends_list:	  /* empty */
+		| depends_list depends
+		| depends_list T_EOL
+;
+
+depends: T_DEPENDS T_ON expr T_EOL
+{
+	menu_add_dep($3);
+	printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:depends on\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno());
+}
+	| T_DEPENDS expr T_EOL
+{
+	menu_add_dep($2);
+	printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:depends\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno());
+}
+	| T_REQUIRES expr T_EOL
+{
+	menu_add_dep($2);
+	printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:requires\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno());
+};
+
+/* prompt statement */
+
+prompt_stmt_opt:
+	  /* empty */
+	| prompt if_expr
+{
+	menu_add_prop(P_PROMPT, $1, NULL, $2);
+};
+
+prompt:	  T_WORD
+	| T_WORD_QUOTE
+;
+
+end:	  T_ENDMENU nl_or_eof	{ $$ = T_ENDMENU; }
+	| T_ENDCHOICE nl_or_eof	{ $$ = T_ENDCHOICE; }
+	| T_ENDIF nl_or_eof	{ $$ = T_ENDIF; }
+;
+
+nl_or_eof:
+	T_EOL | T_EOF;
+
+if_expr:  /* empty */			{ $$ = NULL; }
+	| T_IF expr			{ $$ = $2; }
+;
+
+expr:	  symbol				{ $$ = expr_alloc_symbol($1); }
+	| symbol T_EQUAL symbol			{ $$ = expr_alloc_comp(E_EQUAL, $1, $3); }
+	| symbol T_UNEQUAL symbol		{ $$ = expr_alloc_comp(E_UNEQUAL, $1, $3); }
+	| T_OPEN_PAREN expr T_CLOSE_PAREN	{ $$ = $2; }
+	| T_NOT expr				{ $$ = expr_alloc_one(E_NOT, $2); }
+	| expr T_OR expr			{ $$ = expr_alloc_two(E_OR, $1, $3); }
+	| expr T_AND expr			{ $$ = expr_alloc_two(E_AND, $1, $3); }
+;
+
+symbol:	  T_WORD	{ $$ = sym_lookup($1, 0); free($1); }
+	| T_WORD_QUOTE	{ $$ = sym_lookup($1, 1); free($1); }
+;
+
+%%
+
+void conf_parse(const char *name)
+{
+	struct symbol *sym;
+	int i;
+
+	zconf_initscan(name);
+
+	sym_init();
+	menu_init();
+	modules_sym = sym_lookup("MODULES", 0);
+	rootmenu.prompt = menu_add_prop(P_MENU, "OpenADK Configuration", NULL, NULL);
+
+	//zconfdebug = 1;
+	zconfparse();
+	if (zconfnerrs)
+		exit(1);
+	menu_finalize(&rootmenu);
+	for_all_symbols(i, sym) {
+                if (!(sym->flags & SYMBOL_CHECKED) && sym_check_deps(sym))
+                        printf("\n");
+		else
+			sym->flags |= SYMBOL_CHECK_DONE;
+        }
+
+	sym_change_count = 1;
+}
+
+const char *zconf_tokenname(int token)
+{
+	switch (token) {
+	case T_MENU:		return "menu";
+	case T_ENDMENU:		return "endmenu";
+	case T_CHOICE:		return "choice";
+	case T_ENDCHOICE:	return "endchoice";
+	case T_IF:		return "if";
+	case T_ENDIF:		return "endif";
+	}
+	return "<token>";
+}
+
+static bool zconf_endtoken(int token, int starttoken, int endtoken)
+{
+	if (token != endtoken) {
+		zconfprint("unexpected '%s' within %s block", zconf_tokenname(token), zconf_tokenname(starttoken));
+		zconfnerrs++;
+		return false;
+	}
+	if (current_menu->file != current_file) {
+		zconfprint("'%s' in different file than '%s'", zconf_tokenname(token), zconf_tokenname(starttoken));
+		zconfprint("location of the '%s'", zconf_tokenname(starttoken));
+		zconfnerrs++;
+		return false;
+	}
+	return true;
+}
+
+static void zconfprint(const char *err, ...)
+{
+	va_list ap;
+
+	fprintf(stderr, "%s:%d: ", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno() + 1);
+	va_start(ap, err);
+	vfprintf(stderr, err, ap);
+	va_end(ap);
+	fprintf(stderr, "\n");
+}
+
+static void zconferror(const char *err)
+{
+	fprintf(stderr, "%s:%d: %s\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno() + 1, err);
+}
+
+void print_quoted_string(FILE *out, const char *str)
+{
+	const char *p;
+	int len;
+
+	putc('"', out);
+	while ((p = strchr(str, '"'))) {
+		len = p - str;
+		if (len)
+			fprintf(out, "%.*s", len, str);
+		fputs("\\\"", out);
+		str = p + 1;
+	}
+	fputs(str, out);
+	putc('"', out);
+}
+
+void print_symbol(FILE *out, struct menu *menu)
+{
+	struct symbol *sym = menu->sym;
+	struct property *prop;
+
+	if (sym_is_choice(sym))
+		fprintf(out, "choice\n");
+	else
+		fprintf(out, "config %s\n", sym->name);
+	switch (sym->type) {
+	case S_BOOLEAN:
+		fputs("  boolean\n", out);
+		break;
+	case S_TRISTATE:
+		fputs("  tristate\n", out);
+		break;
+	case S_STRING:
+		fputs("  string\n", out);
+		break;
+	case S_INT:
+		fputs("  integer\n", out);
+		break;
+	case S_HEX:
+		fputs("  hex\n", out);
+		break;
+	default:
+		fputs("  ???\n", out);
+		break;
+	}
+	for (prop = sym->prop; prop; prop = prop->next) {
+		if (prop->menu != menu)
+			continue;
+		switch (prop->type) {
+		case P_PROMPT:
+			fputs("  prompt ", out);
+			print_quoted_string(out, prop->text);
+			if (!expr_is_yes(prop->visible.expr)) {
+				fputs(" if ", out);
+				expr_fprint(prop->visible.expr, out);
+			}
+			fputc('\n', out);
+			break;
+		case P_DEFAULT:
+			fputs( "  default ", out);
+			expr_fprint(prop->expr, out);
+			if (!expr_is_yes(prop->visible.expr)) {
+				fputs(" if ", out);
+				expr_fprint(prop->visible.expr, out);
+			}
+			fputc('\n', out);
+			break;
+		case P_CHOICE:
+			fputs("  #choice value\n", out);
+			break;
+		default:
+			fprintf(out, "  unknown prop %d!\n", prop->type);
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+	if (sym->help) {
+		int len = strlen(sym->help);
+		while (sym->help[--len] == '\n')
+			sym->help[len] = 0;
+		fprintf(out, "  help\n%s\n", sym->help);
+	}
+	fputc('\n', out);
+}
+
+void zconfdump(FILE *out)
+{
+	struct property *prop;
+	struct symbol *sym;
+	struct menu *menu;
+
+	menu = rootmenu.list;
+	while (menu) {
+		if ((sym = menu->sym))
+			print_symbol(out, menu);
+		else if ((prop = menu->prompt)) {
+			switch (prop->type) {
+			case P_COMMENT:
+				fputs("\ncomment ", out);
+				print_quoted_string(out, prop->text);
+				fputs("\n", out);
+				break;
+			case P_MENU:
+				fputs("\nmenu ", out);
+				print_quoted_string(out, prop->text);
+				fputs("\n", out);
+				break;
+			default:
+				;
+			}
+			if (!expr_is_yes(prop->visible.expr)) {
+				fputs("  depends ", out);
+				expr_fprint(prop->visible.expr, out);
+				fputc('\n', out);
+			}
+			fputs("\n", out);
+		}
+
+		if (menu->list)
+			menu = menu->list;
+		else if (menu->next)
+			menu = menu->next;
+		else while ((menu = menu->parent)) {
+			if (menu->prompt && menu->prompt->type == P_MENU)
+				fputs("\nendmenu\n", out);
+			if (menu->next) {
+				menu = menu->next;
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+#include "lex.zconf.c"
+#include "confdata.c"
+#include "expr.c"
+#include "symbol.c"
+#include "menu.c"